Sony PFM-42B1E, RM-42B User Manual

Download

SERVICE MANUAL

MODEL

.............. ......... ....................

DEST. CHASSIS NO. MODEL DEST. CHASSIS NO.

PFM-42B1 US/CND/E PFM-42B1E AEP

.............. ......... ....................

BKM-B10 AEP RM-42B

1 32 4 5 6 7 8 9

FLAT PANEL MONITOR

! WARNING

This manual is intended for qualified service personnel only. To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire or injury, do not perform any servicing other than that contained in the operating instructions unless you are qualified to do so. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.

! WARNUNG

Die Anleitung ist nur für qualifiziertes Fachpersonal bestimmt. Alle Wartungsarbeiten dürfen nur von qualifiziertem Fachpersonal ausgeführt werden. Um die Gefahr eines elektrischen Schlages, Feuergefahr und Verletzungen zu vermeiden, sind bei Wartungsarbeiten strikt die Angaben in der Anleitung zu befolgen. Andere als die angegeben Wartungsarbeiten dürfen nur von Personen ausgeführt werden, die eine spezielle Befähigung dazu besitzen.

! AVERTISSEMENT

Ce manual est destiné uniquement aux personnes compétentes en charge de l’entretien. Afin de réduire les risques de décharge électrique, d’incendie ou de blessure n’effectuer que les réparations indiquées dans le mode d’emploi à moins d’être qualifié pour en effectuer d’autres. Pour toute réparation faire appel à une personne compétente uniquement.

WARNING!!

AN INSULATED TRANSFORMER SHOULD BE USED DURING ANY SERVICE TO AVOID POSSIBLE SHOCK HAZARD, BECAUSE OF LIVE CHASSIS. THE CHASSIS OF THIS RECEIVER IS DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO THE AC POWER LINE.

SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING !!

COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY A DIAGRAMS, EXPLODED VIEWS AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE P ART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY .

! MARK ON THE SCHEMA TIC

ATTENTION!!

AFIN D’ÉVITER TOUT RISQUE D’ÉLECTROCUTION PROVENANT D’UN CHÂSSIS SOUS TENSION, UN TRANSFORMA TEUR D’ISOLEMENT DOIT ETRE UTILISÉ LORS DE TOUT DÉPANNAGE. LE CHÂSSIS DE CE RÉCEPTEUR EST DIRECTEMENT RACCORDÉ Á L’ALIMENTATION SECTEUR.

ATTENTION AUX COMPOSANTS RELATIFS Á LA

LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFIÉS PAR UNE MAPQUE LES SCHÉMAS DE PRINCIPE, LES VUES EXPLOSÉES ET LES LISTES DE PIECES SONT D’UNE IMPORTANCE CRITIQUE POUR LA SÉCURITÉ DU FONCTIONNEMENT. NE LES REMPLACER QUE PAR DES COMPOSANTS SONY DONT LE NUMÉRO DE PIÈCE EST INDIQUÉ DANS LE PRÉSENT MANUEL OU DANS DES SUPPLÉMENTS PUBLIÉS P AR SONY.

SÉCURITÉ!!

! SUR

For the customers in the Netherlands Voor de klanten in Nederland

Dit apparaat bevat een CR2025 batterij voor memory back-up.

Raadpleeg uw leverancier over de verwijdering van de batterij op het moment dat u het apparaat bij einde levensduur afdankt.

Gooi de batterij niet weg. maar lever hem in als KCA.

Bij dit product zijn batterijen geleverd. Wanneer deze leeg zijn, moet u ze niet weggooien maar inleveren als KCA.

For the customers in the Netherlands Voor de klanten in Nederland

Bij dit product zijn batterijen geleverd. Wanneer deze leeg zijn, moet u ze niet weggooien maar inleveren als KCA.

Für Kunden in Deutschland

Entsorgungshinweis: Bitte werfen Sie nur entladene Batterien in die Sammelboxen beim Handel oder den Kommunen. Entladen sind Batterien in der Regel dann, wenn das Gerät abschaltet und signalisiert “Batterie leer” oder nach längerer Gebrauchsdauer der Batterien “nicht mehr einwandfrei funktioniert”. Um sicherzugehen, kleben Sie die Batteriepole z.B. mit einem Klebestreifen ab oder geben Sie die Batterien einzeln in einen Plastikbeutel.

CAUTION

ADVARSEL

Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type

recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer’s instr uctions.

Vorsicht!

Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemäßem Austausch

der Batterie.

Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einen vom

Hersteller empfohlenen ähnlichen Typ. Entsorgung

gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des

Herstellers.

ATTENTION

Il y a danger d’explosion s’il y a remplacement

incorrect de la batterie.

Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du même

type ou d’un type équivalent recommandé par le

constructeur.

Mettre au rebut les batteries usagées conformément

aux instructions du fabricant.

Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosjonsfare.

Ved utskifting benyttes kun batteri som

anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten.

Brukt batteri returneres

apparatleverandøren.

VARNING

Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte.

Använd samma batterityp eller en likvärdig typ

som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren.

Kassera använt batteri enligt gällande

föreskrifter.

VAROITUS

Paristo voi räjähtää jos se on virheellisesti

asennettu.

Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan

suosittelemaan tyyppiin.

Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden

mukaisesti.

ADVARSEL!

Lithiumbatteri-Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig

håndtering.

Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri

af samme fabrikat og type.

Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandøren.

1. Operating Instructions................................................... 1-1

2. Service Informations

2-1. Board Layout............................................................................................... 2-1

2-2. Disassembly ................................................................................................2-2

2-2-1. QA Board (BKM-B10) Removal ...............................................2-2

2-2-2. Rear Cover Assy Removal .........................................................2-3

2-2-3. Bezel Assy and YA, YB Boards Removal ................................. 2-4

2-2-4. B Block Assy Removal ..............................................................2-5

2-2-5. B and B1 Boards Removal .........................................................2-6

2-2-6. Extention Board Connection ......................................................2-7

2-2-7. Power Supply Assy Removal ..................................................... 2-8

2-2-8. Switching Regulator (APS-132 M board) Removal ..................2-9

2-2-9. T Board Removal ..................................................................... 2-10

2-2-10. Plasma Display Panel Unit Removal (1/2)...............................2-11

2-2-10. Plasma Display Panel Unit Removal (2/2)...............................2-12

2-2-11. Plasma Display Panel Unit Packing

When Sending it to FUJITSU .................................................. 2-13

3. Electrical Adjustments

3-1. Equipment Required....................................................................................3-1

3-2. Electrical Adjustments Using the Service Mode ........................................3-1

3-3. White Balance Adjustment .......................................................................3-25

3-4. A/D Calibration Adjustment ..................................................................... 3-25

3-5. Video Processor Adjustment.....................................................................3-26

3-6. Watch Error Adjustment ........................................................................... 3-26

3-7. Switching Regulator (APS-132 M Board) Adjustments ........................... 3-27

3-7-1. Preparation ...............................................................................3-27

3-7-2. 13 V System Minimum Frequency Adjustment....................... 3-27

3-7-3. VS System Minimum Frequency Adjustment .........................3-27

3-7-4. VA System Minimum Frequency Adjustment.........................3-27

3-7-5. PFC Voltage Adjustment .........................................................3-27

3-7-6. 5 V Adjustment ........................................................................3-27

3-7-7. 13.5 V Adjustment ...................................................................3-27

3-7-8. VS Adjustment .........................................................................3-28

3-7-9. VS OCP .................................................................................... 3-28

3-7-10. VA Adjustment ........................................................................ 3-28

3-7-11. VA OCP ...................................................................................3-28

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

4. Trouble Shooting

4-1. Judging Method When Image Does Not Appear ........................................4-1

4-2. Self Diagnosis Function ..............................................................................4-2

4-2-1. Outline ........................................................................................ 4-2

4-2-2. Criteria for Judgment of Abnormality........................................ 4-2

5. Semiconductors ............................................................. 5-1

6. Spare Parts

6-1. Notes on Repair Parts..................................................................................6-1

6-2. Exploded Views .......................................................................................... 6-2

Cover ....................................................................................................6-2

Chassis ....................................................................................................6-4

Packing Materials ..................................................................................... 6-6

6-3. Electrical Parts List ..................................................................................... 6-8

6-4. Supplied Accessories ................................................................................ 6-35

7. Block Diagrams

B (1/6), QA(1/2) ....................................................................................... 7-1

B (2/6), QA (2/2), B1 ................................................................................7-2

B (3/6) ....................................................................................................7-3

B (4/6) ....................................................................................................7-4

B (5/6), S1, YA, YB ................................................................................. 7-5

B (6/6) ....................................................................................................7-6

T ....................................................................................................7-7

APS-132 M, F ...........................................................................................7-8

8. Diagrams

8-1. Frame Schematic Diagram .............................................................................. 8-2

Frame .................................................................................................... 8-2

8-2. Schematic Diagrams and Printed Wiring Boards............................................8-3

Schematic Diagrams

QA ....................................................................................................8-3

B (1/13) ....................................................................................................8-7

B (2/13) ....................................................................................................8-8

B (3/13) ....................................................................................................8-9

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

B (4/13) ..................................................................................................8-10

B (5/13) ..................................................................................................8-11

B (6/13) ..................................................................................................8-12

B (7/13) ..................................................................................................8-13

B (8/13) ..................................................................................................8-14

B (9/13) ..................................................................................................8-15

B (10/13) .................................................................................................8-16

B (11/13) .................................................................................................8-17

B (12/13) .................................................................................................8-18

B (13/13) .................................................................................................8-19

B1 ..................................................................................................8-25

YA, YB ..................................................................................................8-26

S, F ..................................................................................................8-27

T ..................................................................................................8-30

APS-132 M (1/4) .................................................................................... 8-31

APS-132 M (2/4) .................................................................................... 8-32

APS-132 M (3/4) .................................................................................... 8-33

APS-132 M (4/4) .................................................................................... 8-34

Printed Wiring Boareds

QA ....................................................................................................8-3

B ....................................................................................................8-4

B1 ..................................................................................................8-24

YA, YB ..................................................................................................8-26

S, F ..................................................................................................8-27

T ..................................................................................................8-28

APS-132 M .............................................................................................8-35

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

PFM-42B1/42B1E

4-080-938-01 (1)

 2000 Sony Corporation

Operating Instructions

PFM-42B1 PFM-42B1E

Flat Panel Monitor

Operating Instructions

Section 1

1-1

This section is extracted

from operation manual.

1-2

(GB)

WARNING

Owner’s Record

The model and serial numbers are located on the rear. Record the model and serial numbers in the spaces provided below. Refer to these numbers whenever you call upon your Sony dealer regarding this product.

Model No.

Serial No.

To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the unit to rain or moisture.

To avoid electrical shock, do not open the cabinet. Refer servicing to qualified personnel only.

For the customers in the U.S.A.

If you have any questions about this product, you may

call: Sony’s Business Information Center (BIC) at 1800-686-SONY (7669)

or Write to: Sony Customer Information Services Center

6900-29 Daniels Parkway, PMB 330 Fort Myers, Florida 33912

Declaration of Conformity

Trade Name: SONY Model: PFM-42B1 Responsible Party: Sony Electronics Inc. Address: 1 Sony Drive, Park Ridge,

NJ 07656 U.S.A.

Telephone Number: 201-930-6972

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful

interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and

receiver.

• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

You are cautioned that any changes or modifications not expressly approved in this manual could void your authority to operate this equipment.

For the customers in Canada

This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

For PFM-42B1E users

THIS APPARATUS MUST BE EARTHED IMPORTANT

The wires in this mains lead are coloured in accordance with the following code:

Green-and-yellow : Earth Blue : Neutral Brown : Live

As the colours of the wires in the mains lead of this apparatus may not correspond with the coloured markings identifying the terminals in your plug proceed as follows: The wire which is coloured green-and-yellow must be connected to the terminal in the plug which is marked with the letter E or by the safety earth symbol I or coloured green or green-and-yellow. The wire which is coloured blue must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter N or coloured black. The wire which is coloured brown must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter L or coloured red.

Voor de klanten in Nederland

• Dit apparaat bevat een Li-ion batterij voor clock back-up.

• De batterij voor clock back-up is vastgesoldeerd op de B

printplaat BAT500.

• Raadpleeg uw leverancier over de verwijdering van de

batterij op het moment dat u het apparaat bij einde levensduur afdankt.

• Gooi de batterij niet weg, maar lever hem

in als KCA.

The socket-outlet should be installed near the equipment and be easily accessible.

(GB)

English

Table of Contents

Precautions ............................................................... 5 (GB)

Features..................................................................... 6 (GB)

Location and Function of Parts and Controls ....... 7 (GB)

Front / Rear / Right Side .......................................... 7 (GB)

1 (standby) Switch / Indicator Section ................... 8 (GB)

Control Button Section (Rear) ................................. 8 (GB)

Connector Panel ....................................................... 9 (GB)

Remote Commander RM-42B ............................... 10 (GB)

Caution .................................................................... 11 (GB)

Connections............................................................ 12 (GB)

Connecting the AC Power Cord ............................ 12 (GB)

Connection Example.............................................. 12 (GB)

Using On-screen Menus ........................................ 14 (GB)

Operating Through Menus..................................... 14 (GB)

Menu Guide ........................................................... 14 (GB)

Watching the Picture.............................................. 18 (GB)

Switching the Input Signal..................................... 18 (GB)

Switching the Display Mode.................................. 19 (GB)

Input Signal and Monitor Status

Information Display.......................................... 20 (GB)

Adjusting the Picture ............................................. 22 (GB)

Adjusting the Contrast, Brightness, Chroma,

and Phase, etc.................................................... 22 (GB)

Restoring the PIC CONTROL Menu Items to Their

Original Settings ............................................... 23 (GB)

Resizing and Positioning the Picture ................... 24 (GB)

Resizing the Picture ............................................... 24 (GB)

Adjusting the Picture Position ............................... 25 (GB)

Restoring the Original Picture Size and Position... 25 (GB)

Changing the Aspect Ratio.................................... 26 (GB)

Adjusting the Linearities........................................ 26 (GB)

Adjusting the Pixels ............................................... 27 (GB)

Using the Memory Function .................................. 28 (GB)

Storing the Current Setting .................................... 28 (GB)

Calling Up a Stored Setting ................................... 29 (GB)

Selecting the On-screen Language ...................... 30 (GB)

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(GB)

Reducing Afterimage/Ghosting

(Screen Saver Function).................................... 31 (GB)

Reversing the Image .............................................. 31 (GB)

Changing the Display Position Automatically....... 32 (GB)

Controlling Power On/Off Automatically

(Power Control Function).................................. 33 (GB)

Power Saving Function .......................................... 33 (GB)

On/Off Timer Function .......................................... 34 (GB)

Self-diagnosis Function......................................... 35 (GB)

Operating a Specific Monitor With the Remote

Commander ........................................................ 35 (GB)

Using Other Remote Commander Models ........... 37 (GB)

Specifications ......................................................... 38 (GB)

(GB)

Precautions

On safety

•A nameplate indicating operating voltage, power consumption, etc. is located on the back of the unit.

•Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, unplug the unit and have it checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

•Unplug the unit from the wall outlet if it is not to be used for several days or more.

•To disconnect the AC power cord, pull it out by grasping the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

•When the unit is installed on the floor, be sure to use the optional stand.

On installation

•Allow adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build-up. Do not place the unit on surfaces (rugs, blankets, etc.) or near materials (curtains, draperies) that may block the ventilation holes.

•Do not install the unit in a location near heat sources such as radiators or air ducts, or in a place subject to direct sunlight, excessive dust, mechanical vibration or shock.

•When you install multiple equipment with the unit, the following problems, such as malfunction of the Remote Commander, noisy picture, noisy sound, may occur depending on the position of the unit and other equipment.

On the PDP (Plasma Display Panel)

•There may be some tiny black points and/or bright points on the PDP. These points are normal.

•Do not display the same still image on the screen for a long time. Otherwise, an afterimage or ghost may appear on a part of the panel. Use the screen saver function to equalize use of the screen display.

On cleaning

To keep the unit looking brand-new, periodically clean it with a mild detergent solution. Never use strong solvents such as thinner or benzine, or abrasive cleansers since these will damage the cabinet. As a safety precaution, unplug the unit before cleaning it.

On repacking

Do not throw away the carton and packing materials. They make an ideal container in which to transport the unit. When shipping the unit to another location, repack it as illustrated on the carton.

If you have any questions about this unit, contact your authorized Sony dealer.

1-3

1-4

(GB)

Features

The PFM-42B1/42B1E series are 16:9 42-inch flat panel monitors utilizing a PDP (Plasma Display Panel), which can accept various types of signals with the built-in scan converter.

Improved image quality

The PFM-42B1/42B1E series achieves higher image quality with its PDP (Plasma Display Panel) set to 1024 dots × 1024 lines. This makes for a finelydetailed HDTV or PC image.

Internal high-performance scan converter

The monitor has a high performance scan converter. Using a unique algorithm, the monitor processes signals in a wide range of formats

— Video, HDTV,

PC, etc.

Flexibility

An option slot is in place for future expansion. The slot-in optional adaptor allows for quick and easy system upgrades.

Other features

•Three sets of video inputs with audio input: one composite video or Y/C input and two RGB/ component inputs. (For the PFM-42B1E, the BKMB10 video input adaptor is required to input the composite video and Y/C signals.)

•Displays the HDTV signal with a tri-level sync signal.

•Three dimensional comb filter for NTSC Y/C separation.

•Line correlation comb filter for PAL Y/C separation.

•Automatic input signal detection with on-screen

indication.

•Windows

95/98 PnP (Plug and Play) compatible.

•Picture AGC function

— this function automatically

adjusts and improves the contrast when a low intensity signal is input.

•On-screen menu for various adjustments and settings

•On-screen display in six languages for user-friendly

access. (Languages: English, German, French, Italian, Spanish and Japanese)

•Fine adjustment of image size and position

•Memory function for storage of up to twenty picture

settings.

•ID control

•Self-diagnosis function

•Remote (RS-232C) connector (D-sub 9-pin)

•Accepts infrared Sony Remote Commanders using

SIRCS code.

•Vertical setup

•Closed caption decoder

•Screen saver to reduce afterimage or ghosting.

Warning on power connection

Use the proper power cord for your local power supply.

United States, Continental United Kingdom, Ireland, Japan Canada Europe Australia, New Zealand

Plug type VM0233 COX-07 636 —

VM1296 Female end VM0089 COX-02 VM0310B VM0303B VM1313 Cord type SVT H05VV-F CEE (13) 53rd (O.C) HVCTF Minimum cord set rating 10A/125V 10A/250V 10A/250V 10A/125V Safety approval UL/CSA VDE VDE DENTORI

a) Note: Use an appropriate rating plug which is applied to local regulations.

...............................................................................................................................

..........................................................................

1) Windows is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation (U.S.A. and other countries).

(GB)

Location and Function of Parts and Controls

Front / Rear / Right Side

Front

Right side

Rear

1 1 (standby) switch / indicator section

For details on the 1 (standby) switch / indicator section, see “1 (standby) Switch / Indicator Section” on page 8 (GB).

2 Control button section

For details on the control button section, see

“Control

Button Section (Rear)

” on page 8 (GB).

3 Carrying handles 4 -AC IN socket

Connect the supplied AC power cord to this socket and to a wall outlet. Once you connect the AC power cord, the STANDBY indicator lights up in red and the monitor turns to the standby mode.

5 Stand installation hooks

Use these hooks to install the stand (not supplied).

6 Connector panel

For details on the connector panel, see

“Connector Panel

”

on page 9 (GB).

3524

The shaded areas shown in the illustration above are all ventilation holes.

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(GB)

Location and Function of Parts and Controls

1 (standby) Switch / Indicator Section

1 1 (standby) switch

Press to turn on the monitor. Press again to go back to the standby mode.

2 STANDBY indicator

Lights up in red in the standby mode.

When the STANDBY indicator flashes, see

“Self-diagnosis

Function” on page 35 (GB).

3 ON indicator

Lights up in green when the monitor is turned on.

4 Remote control detector

Receives the signal from the Remote Commander.

Control Button Section (Rear)

1 MENU button

Press to make the menu appear. When the menu is displayed on the monitor screen, press to return to the previous menu level. To clear the menu display, press this button repeatedly until the menu disappears.

2 v / V buttons

Press to move the cursor (B) to an item or to adjust a value in a menu.

3 ENTER button

Press to select the desired item from the menu displayed.

(GB)

Location and Function of Parts and Controls

2 INPUT2 connectors

RGB/YUV (D-sub 15-pin): Connects to the RGB

signal or component (YUV) signal output of a computer or a piece of video equipment. This monitor also accepts an HD analog component (Y/P

) signal. See “Pin assignment” on page 39 (GB) when inputting a component signal.

AUDIO (Stereo minijack): Inputs an audio signal.

Connects to the audio output of a computer or a piece of video equipment.

3 AUDIO OUT jack (Stereo minijack)

From among the audio signals input at the audio input jacks, outputs the audio signal displayed on the monitor screen.

4 REMOTE (RS-232C) connector (D-sub 9-pin)

This connector allows remote control of the monitor using the RS-232C protocol. For details, contact your authorized Sony dealer.

5 VIDEO connectors

The PFM-42B1E is not equipped with VIDEO connectors. For the PFM-42B1E, composite video and Y/C input can be input to the monitor when the BKMB10 video input adaptor (not supplied) is installed in the monitor.

COMPOSITE IN (BNC-type): Connects to the

composite video signal output of a piece of video equipment.

COMPOSITE OUT (BNC-type): Connects to the

composite video signal input of a piece of video equipment.

Y/C IN (Mini DIN 4-pin): Connects to the Y/C

signal output of a piece of video equipment.

AUDIO IN (Stereo minijack): Inputs an audio

signal. Connects to the audio output of a piece of video equipment.

Connector Panel

1 INPUT1 connectors

RGB/YUV (D-sub 15-pin): Connects to the RGB

signal or component (YUV) signal output of a computer or a piece of video equipment. This monitor also accepts an HD analog component (Y/P

) signal. See “Pin assignment” on page 39 (GB) when inputting a component signal.

AUDIO (Stereo minijack): Inputs an audio signal.

Connects to the audio output of a computer or a piece of video equipment.

1-5

1-6

(GB)

Location and Function of Parts and Controls

Remote Commander RM-42B

1 POWER ON switch

Press to turn on the monitor.

2 DISPLAY button

Displays the input signal information and the time at the top of the monitor screen. Press again to clear it.

3 INPUT1 button

Selects the signal input from the INPUT1 connectors.

4 INPUT2 button

Selects the signal input from the INPUT2 connectors.

5 VIDEO button

Selects the signal input from the COMPOSITE IN connector or Y/C IN connector from among the VIDEO connectors.

6 OPTION button

Selects the signal input from the optional adaptor when you install it in the unit.

7 ASPECT button

Changes the aspect ratio of the picture.

8 H SHIFT button

Adjusts the horizontal centering. Press this button and then adjust the horizontal centering with the SELECT +M/–m button qj.

9 V SHIFT button

Adjusts the vertical centering. Press this button and then adjust the vertical centering with the SELECT +M/–m button qj.

0 H SIZE button

Adjusts the horizontal picture size. Press this button and then adjust the horizontal picture size with the SELECT +M/–m button qj.

qa V SIZE button

Adjusts the vertical picture size. Press this button and then adjust the vertical picture size with the SELECT +M/–m button qj.

qs STANDBY button

Press to turn the monitor to the standby mode.

qd RGB/YUV button

Press to select the format matching that of the input signal connected to the INPUT1 or INPUT2 connector. Each press toggles between RGB and YUV.

qf S/VIDEO button

Press to select the signal input from the COMPOSITE IN connector or Y/C IN connector from among the VIDEO connectors. Each press toggles between COMPOSITE IN and Y/C IN.

qg Number buttons

Press to enter the index number.

qh ID MODE (ON/SET/OFF) buttons

Press the ON button to make an index number appear on the screen. Then enter the index number of the monitor you want to operate using the number buttons qg and press the SET button. After you finish the operation, press the OFF button to return from the ID mode to the normal mode.

For details about the index number, see

“Operating a

Specific Monitor With the Remote Commander

” on page 35

(GB).

qj SELECT +M/–m button

Press to move the cursor (B) to an item or to adjust a value in a menu.

4 5

qk ql

(GB)

Location and Function of Parts and Controls / Caution

Be sure to install the negative <

–

end first.

qk MENU button

ql ENTER button

Press to select the desired item in a menu.

w; BRIGHT +/– button

Adjusts the brightness.

wa CONTRAST +/

– button

Adjusts the contrast.

Installing batteries

Insert two size AA (R6) batteries in correct polarity.

•In normal operation, batteries will last up to half a year. If the Remote Commander does not operate properly, the batteries might be exhausted sooner. Replace them with new ones.

•To avoid damage from possible battery leakage, remove the batteries if you do not plan to use the Remote Commander for a fairly long time.

When the Remote Commander does not work

Check that the STANDBY indicator lights up and the REMOTE MODE in the REMOTE menu is not set to OFF. The Remote Commander operates the monitor only when both of the two conditions below are met.

•The monitor is turned on, or it is in the standby mode.

•The REMOTE MODE in the REMOTE menu is set to TV or to PJ.

For details about the REMOTE MODE, see

“REMOTE

menu” on page 16 (GB).

Caution

•When you use the monitor, make sure there is more space between the edges of the unit and other walls or the ceiling than that shown in the figure below. This will allow for proper ventilation.

•The ambient temperature must be 0

°C to +35 °C

(32 °F to 95 °F).

•Use the SU-42B monitor stand (not supplied) as a

stand.

•The wall should be reinforced to bear at least five times the weight of the monitor (approx. 29.4 kg) plus the wall bracket you are planning to use.

•Regarding installation of hardware such as brackets, screws, and bolts, we cannot specify what to use because actual installation is up to the authorized local dealers. For installation, consult with qualified Sony personnel.

When using the stand (not supplied)

Front

20 (7 7/8)

10 (4)

6.5 (2

/8)

Wall

Floor

Wall Wall

Side

Floor

Wall

10 (4)

Units: cm (inches)

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(GB)

Caution / Connections

Wall

2 (13/16)

When using the monitor horizontally

Front

25 (9 7/8)

25 (9

/8)

10 (4)

Wall

Side

2 (13/16)

Wall

Units: cm (inches)

When using the monitor vertically

Front

10 (4)

(9 7/8)

(7 7/8)

Wall

Wall Wall

Wall

Side

Units: cm (inches)

Connections

Connecting the AC Power Cord

Plug the AC power cord into the AC IN socket. Then, attach the AC plug holder (supplied) to the AC power cord.

Slide the AC plug holder over the cord until it connects to the AC IN socket cover.

To remove the AC power cord

After squeezing the AC plug holder and freeing it, grasp the plug and pull out the AC power cord.

Connection Example

Before you start

•First make sure that the power to each piece of equipment is turned off.

•Use connecting cables suitable for the equipment to be connected.

•The cable connectors should be fully inserted into the jacks. A loose connection may cause hum and other noise.

•To disconnect the cable, pull it out by grasping the plug. Never pull the cable itself.

•Refer to the instruction manual of the equipment to be connected.

•Insert the plug securely into the AC IN socket.

•Use one of the two AC plug holders (supplied) that

will securely hold the AC plug.

AC plug holder

AC IN socket

AC power cord

AC IN socket cover

Make sure that the 1 (standby) switch is at the bottom.

(GB)

Connections

Computer

to audio output

to video output

* to AUDIO IN

to audio output

to video output

* to Y/C IN or

COMPOSITE IN

to audio input

to AUDIO OUT

to audio output

to component signal output

Betacam SP video cassette recorder

* For the PFM-42B1E, this can be used when the BKM-B10 video input adaptor (not supplied) is installed in the monitor.

VCR, game machine, DVD player, etc.

Audio amplifier

to AUDIO

to RGB/YUV

to AUDIO

1-7

1-8

(GB)

Using On-screen Menus

Operating Through Menus

Menu operating buttons

Use the buttons on the monitor or the Remote Commander for menu operations.

The buttons on the control button section are used for purposes of explanation in this operating instructions. The SELECT +M/–m button on the Remote Commander has the same functions as the v / V buttons on the control button section.

Configuration of the menu

To select the language used in the menu, see page 30 (GB).

Press MENU. The main menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

MA I N MENU

INPUT SELECT PIC CONTROL PIC SIZE CONF I G MEMORY REMOTE STATUS

SELECT SET END

Press v / V to move the cursor (B) and press ENTER to select a menu. The selected menu appears on the monitor screen.

Press v / V to move the cursor (B) and press ENTER to select an item. The menu for the selected item appears on the monitor screen.

Press v / V to adjust or select the setting and press ENTER to set. The setting is registered and the menu returns to the previous menu.

To return to the normal screen, press the MENU button repeatedly until the menu disappears.

Menu Guide

Note

“– – – –” appears next to an item when its function is not available. The availability depends on the types of input signal.

PIC CONTROL menu

This menu is used for adjusting the picture.

ENTER

P IC CONTROL

CONTR AS T : 80 BRI GHTNESS : 00 CHROMA : 0 0 PHASE : 00 P ICTURE AGC : ON COLOR T EMP : H I GH SHARPNESS : MI D

5 6 7 8

RESET

SELECT SET END

1 CONTRAST

Press v to increase the contrast and press V to decrease it.

2 BRIGHTNESS

Press v to make the picture brighter and press V to make it darker.

3 CHROMA

Press v to increase color saturation and press V to decrease it.

4 PHASE

Press v to make the overall picture greenish and press V to make it purplish.

5 PICTURE AGC

Select ON to automatically increase the brightness when a low brightness signal is input. This function works only for VIDEO input or 15 kHz YUV input.

Remote Commander Control button section

(GB)

Using On-screen Menus

6 COLOR TEMP

Changes the color temperature.

For details, see “COLOR TEMP” on page 22 (GB).

7 SHARPNESS

Changes the outline correction level using the following three levels (HIGH, MID or LOW).

For details, see “SHARPNESS” on page 23 (GB).

8 RESET

Restores the factory settings in the PIC CONTROL menu items 1 to 7.

For details on using the reset function, see

“Restoring the

PIC CONTROL Menu Items to Their Original Settings

” on

page 23 (GB).

PIC SIZE menu

This menu is used for resizing and positioning the picture.

ENTER

PIC SIZE

HSIZE : 00 HSHIFT : 00 VSIZE : 00 VSHIFT : 00 RESET ASPECT : 4X3 ZOOM : X1

qd qf qg qh

PIXEL ADJUST

SELECT SET END

9 H SIZE

Adjusts the horizontal picture size. Press v to enlarge the horizontal size and press V to diminish it.

q; H SHIFT

Adjusts the horizontal centering. Press v to move the picture to the right and press V to move it to the left.

qa V SIZE

Adjusts the vertical picture size. Press v to enlarge the vertical size and press V to diminish it.

qs V SHIFT

Adjusts the vertical centering. Press v to move the picture up and press V to move it down.

qd RESET

Restores the factory settings in PIC SIZE menu items 9 to qs.

For details on using the reset function, see

“Restoring the

Original Picture Size and Position

” on page 25 (GB).

qf ASPECT

Changes the aspect ratio of the picture.

For details, see “Changing the Aspect Ratio

” on page 26

(GB).

qg ZOOM

Enlarges the image (in order) to double (×2), triple (×3) and quadruple (×4).

Note

When you set ASPECT to W ZOOM or LB ZOOM, “– – – –” appears and you cannot set ZOOM to ×2, ×3 or ×4.

qh PIXEL ADJUST

Adjusts the dot phase and the total number of horizontal pixels when you see noise on the edges of the characters and the vertical lines.

For details, see “Adjusting the Pixels

” on page 27 (GB).

CONFIG menu

This menu is used for adjusting the signal or selecting the language. This menu consists of two pages; CONFIG (1/2), CONFIG (2/2). To toggle between pages, press the v / V buttons repeatedly until the other page appears.

ENTER

CONF I G ( 1 / 2 )

DISPLAY : ON W- VGA : OF F CLOSED CAPTION: OFF COLOR SY ST EM : A UTO SCREEN F I L L : CENTER POWER CONTROL SCREEN SA VER

wa ws wd

SELECT SET END

ENTER

CONFIG(2/2)

TIME SET LANGUAGE

SELECT SET END

qj DISPLAY

Select ON to display the input signal information for about five seconds at the top of the monitor screen when the power is turned on or when switching the input signal.

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(GB)

Using On-screen Menus

qk W-VGA

Select ON to input the W-VGA (852×480) signal. When you set this item to ON, the VGA input signal is determined to be 852 × 480. Otherwise, the VGA input signal is determined to be 640 × 480.

ql CLOSED CAPTION

Displays closed captions.

For details, see “Displaying closed captions

” on page 19

(GB).

w; COLOR SYSTEM

Selects the input signal.

AUTO: to display NTSC, PAL or SECAM signals 443NT: to display NTSC4.43 signals PAL60: to display PAL60 signals PAL-M: to display PAL-M signals

wa SCREEN FILL

Selects the point of origin for resizing the picture.

CENTER: Sets the point of origin at the center of

the monitor.

CORNER: Sets the point of origin at the upper-left

corner of the monitor.

ws POWER CONTROL

Sets the length of time until the system goes into the power saving mode.

For details, see “Controlling Power On/Off Automatically (Power Control Function)

” on page 33 (GB).

wd SCREEN SAVER

Enables a screen saver to reduce afterimage or ghosting.

For details, see “Reducing Afterimage/Ghosting (Screen Saver Function)” on page 31 (GB).

wf TIME SET

Sets the time.

For details, see “Adjusting the time

” on page 19 (GB).

wg LANGUAGE

Selects the on-screen language (English, German, French, Italian, Spanish or Japanese).

For details, see “Selecting the On-screen Language

” on

page 30 (GB).

MEMORY menu

This menu is used for saving or recalling the settings in the PIC CONTROL and PIC SIZE menus.

ENTER

MEMORY

LOAD SAVE

SELECT SET END

For details, see “Using the Memory Function

” on page 28

(GB).

wh LOAD

Recalls the preset settings.

wj SAVE

Saves the settings.

REMOTE menu

This menu is used for remote control settings.

ENTER

REMOTE

INDEX No. : 001 REMOTE MODE : TV REMOTE ONLY : OFF

SELECT SET END

wk INDEX No.

Sets the index number of the monitor.

Note

When you set the number, use the buttons on the monitor.

For details about the index number, see

“Operating a

Specific Monitor With the Remote Commander

” on page 35

(GB).

wl REMOTE MODE

Selects the Remote Commander mode.

TV: The Sony monitor

’s or the TV’s commander

PJ: The Sony projector

’s commander

OFF: Disables the remote control.

(GB)

Using On-screen Menus

Note

When you change the Remote Commander mode, use the buttons on the monitor. You cannot change the Remote Commander mode with the Remote Commander.

For details, see “Using Other Remote Commander Models” on page 37 (GB).

e; REMOTE ONLY

Select ON to disable the control buttons on the monitor. The monitor can only be controlled with the Remote Commander. To cancel the REMOTE ONLY mode, set REMOTE ONLY to OFF with the Remote Commander, or press the MENU button while pressing the 1 (standby) switch on the monitor. The monitor turns to the standby mode and the REMOTE ONLY mode is cancelled. The setting in this item is still retained when the AC power cord is disconnected or when you turn on/off the monitor with the Remote Commander.

STATUS menu

This menu is used for displaying the internal status of the monitor.

STATUS

MODE L N AM E : P F M - 4 2 B 1 E SERI AL No. : 2000001 OPERAT I ON : 00 00 01H SOFTWARE :

Ver

1.00 TEMPERATURE : OK FAN : OK

eg eh

ea MODEL NAME

Indicates the model name.

es SERIAL No.

Indicates the serial number.

ed OPERATION

Indicates the total number of hours of operation.

Note

The standby mode is not counted as part of the OPERATION time.

ef SOFTWARE

Indicates the system software version.

eg TEMPERATURE

Indicates whether the internal temperature of the monitor is normal.

OK: Normal NG: Unusual

When the internal temperature is unusual, NG is displayed and the item flashes in red. The STANDBY indicator on the 1 (standby) switch / indicator section also flashes.

Note

The “TEMPERATURE NG

” message may appear

when the ventilation holes are blocked or the monitor is installed in a poorly ventilated location. In this case, check that the ventilation holes are not blocked and install the monitor in a well ventilated location. If the message is still displayed, contact your authorized Sony dealer.

When the STANDBY indicator flashes or NG is indicated, see “Self-diagnosis Function

” on page 35 (GB).

eh FAN

Cooling fans are built into this monitor. This item indicates whether the cooling fans work properly.

OK: Normal NG: Unusual

When the cooling fans are not working normally, NG is displayed and the item flashes in red. The STANDBY indicator on the 1 (standby) switch / indicator section also flashes.

Notes

•When the “FAN NG” message appears, contact your authorized Sony dealer.

When the STANDBY indicator flashes or NG is indicated, see “Self-diagnosis Function

” on page 35 (GB).

•The cooling fans detect the monitor

’s internal

temperature and control the fan rotation. If the ambient temperature is high, the fan speed increases and the fan noise will be louder.

1-9

1-10

(GB)

Watching the Picture

Press v / V to move the cursor (B) to the input source to be displayed and press ENTER. INPUT1 RGB: Selects the audio and video signal

input from the INPUT1 connectors when the input signal is an RGB signal.

INPUT1 YUV: Selects the audio and video signal

input from the INPUT1 connectors when the input signal is a component signal.

INPUT2 RGB: Selects the audio and video signal

input from the INPUT2 connectors when the input signal is an RGB signal.

INPUT2 YUV: Selects the audio and video signal

input from the INPUT2 connectors when the input signal is a component signal.

VIDEO COMPOSITE: Selects the audio and

video signal input from the COMPOSITE IN connector and AUDIO IN jack among the VIDEO connectors.

VIDEO Y/C: Selects the audio and video signal

input from the Y/C IN connector and AUDIO IN jack among the VIDEO

connectors. (For the PFM-42B1E, VIDEO COMPOSITE and VIDEO Y/C only appear when the BKM-B10 video input adaptor (not supplied) is installed.)

The selected input signal appears on the monitor screen.

PAL VIDEO COMPOSITE

You can also switch the input signal using the Remote Commander.

Note

We recommend input source video equipment equipped with a TBC (time base corrector). If the monitor receives a signal without TBC, the picture may disappear due to disturbance of the sync signal.

Color system or horizontal/vertical frequency

Signal type

Watching the Picture

Before you start

•Turn on the monitor.

•Turn on the connected equipment and play a video

source.

•To display the input signal information on the screen when turning on the power or switching the input signal, set “DISPLAY” in the CONFIG (1/2) menu to ON.

•To select the on-screen language used in the menu, see page 30 (GB).

Switching the Input Signal

Press MENU. The main menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

MA I N MENU

INPUT SELECT PIC CONTROL PIC SIZE CONF I G MEMORY REMOTE STATUS

SELECT SET END

Press v / V to move the cursor (B) to “INPUT SELECT” and press ENTER. The currently selected input signal and INPUT SELECT menu appear on the monitor screen.

ENTER

PAL VIDEO COMPOSITE

I NPUT SE LECT

INPUT1 RGB

INPUT1 YUV

INPUT2 RGB

INPUT2 YUV VIDEO COMPOSITE VIDEO Y/C

SELECT SET END

(GB)

Watching the Picture

Select the caption type with v / V.

OFF: The caption is not displayed. CAPT1: Displays caption1 over the picture. CAPT2: Displays caption2 over the picture. TEXT1: Displays caption1 against a black

background.

TEXT2: Displays caption2 against a black

background.

Press MENU. The menu returns to the CONFIG (1/2) menu.

Adjusting the time

In the CONFIG (2/2) menu, press v / V to move the cursor (B) to “TIME SET” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

TIME SET : 00:00:00

SELECT SET END

Press ENTER. The background of the hour is displayed in cyan.

Adjust the hour with v / V and press ENTER. The setting for the hour is entered and the background of the minute is displayed in cyan.

Similarly, adjust the minute and press ENTER. The setting for the minute is entered and the second is reset to 00.

To display the time

Press the DISPLAY button on the Remote Commander. The time is displayed in the upper-right corner of the monitor.

Switching the Display Mode

Displaying closed captions

Press MENU. The main menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

MA I N MENU

I NPUT SE LECT PIC CONTROL PIC SIZE CONF I G MEMORY REMOTE STATUS

SELECT SET END

Press v / V to move the cursor (B) to “CONFIG” and press ENTER. The CONFIG (1/2) menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

CONF I G ( 1 / 2 )

DISPLAY : ON W-VGA : OFF CLOSED CAPTION: OFF COLOR SYS TEM : AUTO SCREEN F I L L : CENTER POWER CONTROL SCREEN SA VER

SELECT SET END

Press v / V to move the cursor (B) to “CLOSED CAPTION” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

CLOSED CAPTION: OFF

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(GB)

Watching the Picture

Input Signal and Monitor Status Information Display

Input signal and monitor status information is displayed on the monitor screen for about five seconds when the power is turned on or when switching the input signal. To disable this function, follow the steps below.

In the CONFIG (1/2) menu, press v / V to move the cursor (B) to “DISPLAY” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

DISPLAY : ON

Press v / V to set DISPLAY to OFF and press ENTER. The DISPLAY function is disabled.

To display the information

Set DISPLAY to ON in step 2 above. The factory default is ON.

Note

You can display the input signal information and the time anytime by pressing the DISPLAY button on the Remote Commander, regardless of the above setting.

The input signal information list

31.5kHz/60Hz 16:30:40 INPUT1 RGB

Color system or horizontal/vertical frequency

Signal type

Time

(GB)

Watching the Picture

Preset input signals

Signal name

Color system or horizontal/

vertical frequency

Computer signals

1 VGA

-1 (VGA 350) 31.5kHz 70Hz

640×350@85Hz (VESA

STD)

37.9kHz 85Hz 3 640×400@85Hz (VESA STD) 37.9kHz 85Hz 4 640×480@60Hz (VESA STD) 31.5kHz 60Hz 5 Mac

35.0kHz 67Hz 6 640×480@72Hz (VESA STD) 37.9kHz 73Hz 7 640×480@75Hz (VESA STD) 37.5kHz 75Hz 8 640×480@85Hz (VESA STD) 43.3kHz 85Hz 9 852×480@60Hz (I/O DATA)

31.7kHz 60Hz

10 VGA (VGA TEXT) 31.5kHz 70Hz 11 720×400@85Hz (VESA STD) 37.9kHz 85Hz 12 800×600@56Hz (VESA STD) 35.2kHz 56Hz 13 800×600@60Hz (VESA STD) 37.9kHz 60Hz 14 800×600@72Hz (VESA STD) 48.1kHz 72Hz 15 800×600@75Hz (VESA STD) 46.9kHz 75Hz 16 800×600@85Hz (VESA STD) 53.7kHz 85Hz 17 Mac 16

49.7kHz 75Hz

18 1024×768@60Hz (VESA STD) 48.4kHz 60Hz 19 1024×768@70Hz (VESA STD) 56.5kHz 70Hz 20 1024×768@75Hz (VESA STD) 60.0kHz 75Hz 21 1024×768@85Hz (VESA STD) 68.7kHz 85Hz 22 1152×864@75Hz (VESA STD) 67.5kHz 75Hz 23 Mac 21

68.7kHz 75Hz

24 1280×960@60Hz (VESA STD) 60.0kHz 60Hz 25 1280×960@85Hz (VESA STD) 85.9kHz 85Hz 26

1280×1024@60Hz (VESA STD)

64.0kHz 60Hz

1280×1024@75Hz (VESA STD)

80.0kHz 75Hz

1280×1024@85Hz (VESA STD)

91.1kHz 85Hz

1600×1200@60Hz (VESA STD)

75.0kHz 60Hz

SDTV/HDTV

1 PAL PAL 2 NTSC NTSC 3 SECAM SECAM 4 NTSC4.43 NTSC/4.43 5 PAL60 PAL/60 6 PAL-M PAL-M 7 1080/24psf 1080/48I 8 1080/50i 1080/50I 9 575/50p 575/50P

10 480/60p 480/60P 11 1080/60i 1080/60I 12 720/60p 720/60P

a) VGA is a registered trademark of International Business

Machines Corporation, U.S.A.

b) VESA is a registered trademark of the Video Electronics

Standards Association.

c) Mac (Macintosh) is a registered trademark of Apple

Computer, Inc.

d) This item is only available when you use a graphic

accelerator board manufactured by I/O DATA Corporation.

Notes

•When inputting an HDTV signal, input the tri-level sync signal to the 2nd pin of the INPUT1 or INPUT2 (D-sub 15-pin) connector.

•When inputting a computer signal at the resolution shown in item No. 29, set H SIZE, H SHIFT, V SIZE and V SHIFT to the standard (00) and set ZOOM to ×1 in the PIC SIZE menu, or the picture might oscillate.

Actual on-screen display of the monitor status

On-screen display Significance

31.5kHz / 60Hz (e.g.) The selected input signal is computer RGB.

525 / 60 (e.g.) The selected input signal is RGB or

component video.

NTSC (e.g.) The selected input signal is NTSC. OTHERS The input signal is out of the

capture range.

NO SYNC There is no input signal. INPUT1 RGB The signal mode of INPUT1 is set to

RGB.

INPUT1 YUV The signal mode of INPUT1 is set to

component video.

VIDEO COMPOSITE Composite video input is selected

for VIDEO.

VIDEO Y/C Y/C video input is selected for

VIDEO.

1-11

1-12

(GB)

Adjusting the Picture

While watching the picture, you can adjust contrast, brightness, chroma, phase, and so on, to suit your taste. The adjustments can be carried out for each input signal separately. You can also store the adjusted levels in memory.

Adjusting the Contrast, Brightness, Chroma, and Phase, etc.

Press MENU so that the main menu appears on the monitor screen and select

“CONTRAST”, “BRIGHTNESS”, “CHROMA”, “PHASE”, “PICTURE AGC”, “COLOR TEMP” or “SHARPNESS” from the PIC CONTROL menu with

v / V.

CONTRAST

Select “CONTRAST” with

v / V

and press ENTER.

Adjust the contrast with

v / V

in the range from MIN

(0) to MAX (+100).

: to increase picture contrast

: to decrease picture contrast

BRIGHTNESS

Select “BRIGHTNESS” with

v / V

and press ENTER. Adjust the brightness with

v / V

in the range from

MIN (–50) to MAX (+50).

: to make the picture brighter

: to make the picture darker

CHROMA

Select “CHROMA” with

v / V

and press ENTER.

Adjust the chroma with

v / V

in the range from MIN

(–50) to MAX (+50).

: to increase color intensity

: to decrease color intensity

PHASE

Select “PHASE” with

v / V

and press ENTER.

Adjust the phase with

v / V

in the range from MIN (

–

50) to MAX (+50).

: to make the overall picture greenish

: to make the overall picture purplish

Automatic brightness control

—

Enhancing the image contrast

If the average brightness of the image is low, the system can automatically raise the contrast level to enhance the brightness. This function works well for displaying dark images.

Select “PICTURE AGC” with

v / V

and press ENTER.

Set PICTURE AGC to ON or OFF with

v / V

COLOR TEMP (Color temperature)

You can also set the color temperature. You can select HIGH or LOW, or adjust each gain more precisely. Up to six adjusted color temperatures can be registered. You can rename them (up to six characters in length).

Select “COLOR TEMP” with

v / V

and press

ENTER.

Select the color temperature with

v / V

and press

ENTER.

HIGH: to set the color temperature to high LOW: to set the color temperature to low 1 – 6: to set the gain more precisely

When you select HIGH or LOW, the menu returns to the PIC CONTROL menu.

When you select

“1” to “6”

When you select

“1” to “6”, the following menu

appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

COLOR TEMP : 1

RED GA I N : 2 55 GREE N GA I N : 2 55 BLUE GAI N : 25 5 NAME SET

SEL ECT ADJUS T END

Adjusting the Picture

(GB)

(1) Select a number to register with

v / V

and press ENTER. The cursor (B) appears on the monitor screen.

(2) Press

v / V

to move the cursor (B) to the gain item that you want to set and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

COLOR T EMP : 1

RED GA I N : 2 55

(3) Adjust the gain (10 to 255) with

v / V

and press MENU. The menu returns to the COLOR TEMP menu.

(4) Repeat steps (2) and (3) to set the other gain

items and press MENU. The menu returns to the COLOR TEMP menu.

When you rename the adjusted color temperature, follow the steps below.

(5) Press

v / V

to move the cursor (B) to “NAME SET” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

COLOR T EMP : [ 1 ]

NAME SET : [ – × ⁄ = ± 01234 ]

SELECT SET END

(6) Select the character to be changed with

v / V and press ENTER. The background of a character in the character list changes to cyan.

(7) Select a character in the character list with

v / V

and press ENTER.

The selected character is input.

(8) Repeat steps (6) and (7) until you finish

inputting the name, then press MENU. The menu returns to the COLOR TEMP menu.

SHARPNESS

You can change the outline correction level to one of three levels (HIGH, MID or LOW).

Press

v / V

to move the cursor (B) to

“SHARPNESS” and press ENTER.

Select the outline correction level with

v / V

and

press ENTER.

HIGH: sharper picture MID: standard value LOW: softer picture

Notes

•CHROMA and PHASE controls do not function with an RGB signal.

•PHASE control does not function with a component signal.

•PHASE control does not function with a PAL or SECAM color source.

•Do not change the CHROMA/PHASE (NTSC only) level when the selected signal is black-and-white. Although it has no effect on the current picture, it does affect the picture of color signals such as NTSC or PAL which may be input later.

Restoring the PIC CONTROL Menu Items to Their Original Settings

In the PIC CONTROL menu, Press

v / V

to move the cursor (B) to “RESET” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

RESET : NO

SELECT SET END

Character list

Adjusting the Picture

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(GB)

Press

v / V

“NO” changes to “YES”.

ENTER

RESET : YES

SELECT SET END

Press ENTER. The PIC CONTROL menu items are restored.

To cancel the reset function

Press MENU before pressing ENTER.

Resizing and Positioning the Picture

You can shift the position of the picture so that it fits the screen, or adjust the vertical and horizontal size of the picture separately.

Resizing the Picture

Press MENU. The main menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

MA I N MENU

I NPUT SE LECT PIC CONTROL PIC SIZE CONF I G MEMORY REMOTE STATUS

SELECT SET END

Press

v / V

to move the cursor (B) to “PIC SIZE” and press ENTER. The PIC SIZE menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

PIC SIZE

HSIZE : 00 HSHIFT : 00 VSIZE : 00 VSHIFT : 00 RESET ASPECT : 4X3 ZOOM : X1 PIXEL ADJUST

SELECT SET END

Press

v / V

to move the cursor (B) to “H SIZE” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

HSIZE : 00

Press

v / V

to resize the picture.

: to increase the horizontal size

: to reduce the horizontal size

The horizontal picture size is indicated on the monitor screen in the range from MIN (

–50) to

MAX (+50). The factory preset value is 00.

Note

The lower limit of the setting may be above the MIN depending on the input signal type.

Press ENTER. The menu returns to the PIC SIZE menu.

Adjusting the Picture / Resizing and Positioning the Picture

(GB)

Press

v / V

to move the cursor (B) to “V SIZE” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

VSIZE : 00

Press

v / V

to resize the picture.

: to increase the vertical size

: to reduce the vertical size

The vertical picture size is indicated on the monitor screen in the range from MIN (

–50) to

MAX (+50). The factory preset value is 00.

Press ENTER. The menu returns to the PIC SIZE menu.

Adjusting the Picture Position

In the PIC SIZE menu, press

v / V

to move the cursor (B) to “H SHIFT” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

HSHIFT : 00

Press

v / V

to shift the picture.

: to shift the picture to the right

: to shift the picture to the left

The horizontal picture position is indicated on the monitor screen in the range from MIN (

–50) to

MAX (+50). The factory preset value is 00.

Press ENTER. The menu returns to the PIC SIZE menu.

Press

v / V

to move the cursor (B) to “V SHIFT” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

VSHIFT : 00

Press

v / V

to shift the picture.

: to shift the picture upward

: to shift the picture downward

The vertical picture position is indicated on the monitor screen in the range from MIN (

–50) to

MAX (+50). The factory preset value is 00.

Press ENTER. The menu returns to the PIC SIZE menu.

Restoring the Original Picture Size and Position

In the PIC SIZE menu, press

v / V

to move the cursor (B) to “RESET” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

RESET : NO

SELECT SET END

Press

v / V

“NO” changes to “YES”.

ENTER

RESET : YES

SELECT SET END

Resizing and Positioning the Picture

1-13

1-14

(GB)

Press ENTER. The original picture size and position are restored.

To cancel the reset function

Press MENU before pressing ENTER.

Changing the Aspect Ratio

This monitor can display images in various aspect ratios, such as the normal 4:3 TV program ratio, a widescreen image, etc. That means you can choose a suitable aspect ratio to display images.

In the PIC SIZE menu, press

to move the cursor (B) to “ASPECT” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ASPECT : 4X3

Select an aspect ratio item with

and press

ENTER.

4×3: to display a standard 4:3 image 16×9: to display a 16:9 widescreen image W ZOOM: to enlarge a 4:3 image to a 16:9

screen naturally as illustrated below

LB (letterbox) ZOOM: to enlarge images in

various aspect ratios to fit proportionally to the left and right sides of the screen as illustrated below

Notes

•If you select W ZOOM or LB ZOOM, it is recommended that you set the H SIZE, H SHIFT, V SIZE and V SHIFT to the standard (00) . If you change them too much, a W ZOOM or LB ZOOM display may be distorted. Before you select W ZOOM or LB ZOOM, set ZOOM to ×1. If ZOOM is set to ×2, ×3 or ×4, W ZOOM or LB ZOOM cannot be selected.

•Black bands may display at the top and bottom of the screen depending on the input signal type.

Adjusting the Linearities

When you select W ZOOM for ASPECT, you can change the linearities by adjusting the H LINEARITY and V LINEARITY settings.

In the ASPECT menu, press

to move the cursor (B) to “W ZOOM” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

ASPECT : W ZOOM

HLINEARITY : 00 VLINEARITY : 00 RESET

SELECT SET END

Press

to move the cursor (B) to “H LINEARITY” or “V LINEARITY” and press ENTER.

H LINEARITY: to change the linearity in the

horizontal direction

V LINEARITY: to change the linearity in the

vertical direction

The following menu appears on the monitor screen. (The illustration below is for selecting H LINEARITY.)

ASPECT : W ZOOM

HLINEARITY : 00

Resizing and Positioning the Picture / Changing the Aspect Ratio

The 4:3 standard image

Setting ASPECT to LB ZOOM

Setting ASPECT to W ZOOM and both linearities to standard (00)

Widescreen image such as CinemaScope, VistaVision, etc.

(GB)

Adjust the linearity with

To restore wide zoom mode items to their original settings

In the ASPECT menu, select W ZOOM and press ENTER. Press

to move the cursor (B) to

“RESET” and press ENTER. Then select YES with

and press ENTER.

Changing the Aspect Ratio / Adjusting the Pixels

Adjusting the Pixels

If there is too much noise on the edges of the characters or the vertical lines, you can adjust the dot phase and the total number of horizontal pixels.

Press MENU. The main menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

MA I N MENU

INPUT SELECT PIC CONTROL PIC SIZE CONF I G MEMORY REMOTE STATUS

SELECT SET END

Press

to move the cursor (B) to “PIC SIZE” and press ENTER. The PIC SIZE menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

PIC SIZE

HSIZE : 00 HSHIFT : 00 VSIZE : 00 VSHIFT : 00 RESET ASPECT : 4X3 ZOOM : X1 PIXEL ADJUST

SELECT SET END

Press

to move the cursor (B) to “PIXEL ADJUST” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

PIXEL ADJUST

AUTO DOT PHA SE : 5 0 TOTAL H PI XEL : 800 RESET

SELECT SET END

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(GB)

Using the Memory Function

You can save the current picture setting for each input signal using the MEMORY function. The saved settings can be restored whenever necessary. The items in the PIC CONTROL and PIC SIZE menus can be memorized. You can save the picture settings of up to twenty input signals. You can name the settings of the items (up to 10 characters in length).

Storing the Current Setting

Press MENU. The main menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

MA I N MENU

I NPUT SE LECT PIC CONTROL PIC SIZE CONF I G MEMORY REMOTE STATUS

SELECT SET END

Press

to move the cursor (B) to

“MEMORY” and press ENTER. The MEMORY menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

MEMORY

LOAD SAVE

SELECT SET END

Adjusting the Pixels / Using the Memory Function

You can adjust the dot phase and the total number of horizontal pixels automatically or manually.

Adjusting automatically

(1) Select AUTO with

and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

PIXEL ADJUST

AUTO : NO

SELECT SET END

(2) Select YES with

and press ENTER. The dot phase and the total number of horizontal pixels are adjusted automatically.

Adjusting manually

(1) Select DOT PHASE or TOTAL H PIXEL

with

and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen. (The illustration below is for selecting DOT PHASE.)

DOT PHA SE : 5 0

(2) Adjust the dot phase or the total number of

horizontal pixels with

and press

ENTER.

To restore PIXEL ADJUST menu items to their original settings

In the PIXEL ADJUST menu, press

to move the cursor (B) to “RESET” and press ENTER. Then select YES with

and press ENTER.

(GB)

Press ENTER, then press

to move the cursor (B) to “NAME SET” and press ENTER again. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

SAVE /No . 01 [ ··········]

NAME SET : [ ü VvbB ·

fV% . : ]

SELECT SET END

Select the character to be changed with

and press ENTER. The background of a character in the character list changes to cyan.

Select a character in the character list with

and press ENTER. The selected character is input.

Repeat steps 7 and 8 until you finish inputting the name, then press MENU. The menu returns to the SAVE menu.

Note

If the storing of the setting fails, the

“SAVE ERROR” message appears on the monitor screen. Try to store the setting again.

Calling Up a Stored Setting

In the MEMORY menu, press

to move the cursor (B) to “LOAD” and press ENTER. The first page of the stored settings appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

LOAD/No.01 [··········]

-RGB/

31.5

kHz

/fV59. 9

/POL[N/N] CONTRAS T : 80 BR IGHTNESS : 0 0 COLOR T EMP : H I GH HSIZE : 00 HSHIFT : 00 VSIZE : 00 VSHIFT : 00 ASPECT : 4X3 ZOOM : X1

SELECT VER IFY END

Using the Memory Function

Character list

Press

to move the cursor (B) to “SAVE” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

SAVE /No . 01 [ ··········]

-RGB/

31.5

kHz

/fV59. 9

/POL[N/N] -

SAVE EXECUTE NAME SET

SELECT SET END

If there is no data in the selected memory number, the “– – EMPTY – –” message appears on the monitor screen in cyan. The signal type and the color system or horizontal/vertical frequency are displayed in cyan (showing that the signal type of the selected memory number is the same as that of the current setting) or in yellow (showing that the signal type of the selected memory number is not the same as that of the current setting).

Select a memory number (01 to 20) with

and press ENTER. The cursor (B) appears on the monitor screen.

Press

to move the cursor (B) to “SAVE EXECUTE” and press ENTER. The current data is stored under the selected memory number. The

“SAVE COMPLETED

”

message appears for about five seconds. When you name the setting, follow the steps below.

Signal type

Color system or horizontal/ vertical frequency

Memory number

Setting name

1-15

1-16

(GB)

Selecting the On-screen Language

You can select the on-screen language from among English, German, French, Italian, Spanish or Japanese.

Press MENU. The main menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

MA I N MENU

I NPUT SE LECT PIC CONTROL PIC SIZE CONF I G MEMORY REMOTE STATUS

SELECT SET END

Press

to move the cursor (B) to “CONFIG” and press ENTER. The CONFIG (1/2) menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

CONF I G ( 1 / 2 )

DISPLAY : ON W-VGA : OFF CLOSED CAPTION: OFF COLOR SY ST EM : A UTO SCREEN F I L L : CENTER POWER CONTROL SCREEN SA VER

SELECT SET END

Press

to move the cursor (B) to

“LANGUAGE” on the CONFIG (2/2) menu and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

LANGUAGE

ENGL I SH DEUTSCH FRANÇAIS

ITALIANO

ESPAÑOL

SELECT SET END

Using the Memory Function / Selecting the On-screen Language

Select a memory number (01 to 20) with

and press ENTER. The second page of the stored settings appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

LOAD/ No .0 1 [ ··········]

-RGB/

31.5

kHz

/fV59.9

/POL[N/N] CHROMA : 0 0 PHASE : 0 0 P ICTURE AGC : ON SHARPNESS : MI D HLINEARITY : 00 VLINEARITY : 00 DOT PHAS E : 5 0 TOTAL H PIXEL : 800

SELECT SET END

The signal type and the color system or horizontal/ vertical frequency are displayed in cyan (showing that the signal type of the selected memory number is the same as that of the current setting and you can call up the stored setting) or in red (showing that the signal type of the selected memory number is not the same as that of the current setting and you cannot call up the stored setting).

Press ENTER. The “LOAD COMPLETED

” message appears for about five seconds and the picture is adjusted to the selected setting.

Note

If the loading fails, the

“LOAD ERROR” message appears on the monitor screen. Try to load the setting again.

(GB)

Press

to move the cursor (B) to “CONFIG” and press ENTER. The CONFIG (1/2) menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

CONFIG(1/2)

DISPLAY : ON W-VGA : OFF CLOSED CAPTION: OFF COLOR SYS TEM : AUTO SCREEN F I L L : CENTER POWER CONTROL SCREEN SA VER

SELECT SET END

Press

to move the cursor (B) to “SCREEN SAVER” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

SCREEN SA VER

PIC INVERSION : OFF PIC ORBITING

SELECT SET END

Press

to move the cursor (B) to “PIC INVERSION” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

PIC INVERSION : OFF

Select the PIC INVERSION mode with

OFF: to set the PIC INVERSION to OFF ON: to set the PIC INVERSION to ON AUTO: Carry out the PIC INVERSION process

once a day.

Selecting the On-screen Language / Reducing Afterimage/Ghosting (Screen Saver Function)

Press

to move the cursor (B) to the desired language and press ENTER. The on-screen language is switched to the one you selected.

ENGLISH: English DEUTSCH: German FRANÇAIS: French ITALIANO: Italian ESPAÑOL: Spanish

: Japanese

Press MENU. The menu returns to the CONFIG (2/2) menu.

Reducing Afterimage/ Ghosting (Screen Saver Function)

If a bright image that does not change is displayed on a screen (e.g., a PC screen) for a long time, an afterimage (ghosting) may occur. To reduce this afterimage, this monitor has a screen saver function. The screen saver function has two screen savers. One screen saver reverses the image (PIC INVERSION) while the other automatically changes the display position (PIC ORBITING).

Reversing the Image

Press MENU. The main menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

MA I N MENU

I NPUT SE LECT PIC CONTROL PIC SIZE CONF I G MEMORY REMOTE STATUS

SELECT SET END

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(GB)

To set the change to the standby mode at the END TIME

After selecting AUTO for PIC INVERSION mode, select POWER OFF and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

PIC INVERSION : AUTO

POWER OFF : NO

SELECT SET END

Select YES with

and press MENU. The monitor changes to standby mode at the designated END TIME.

Notes

•The power off function, power saving function and on/off timer function in the POWER CONTROL menu cannot be used simultaneously. When one of those functions is set to ON (YES),

“– – – –” appears next to the others and their functions are not available.

•If you set START TIME and END TIME to the same time, the setting of START TIME takes priority over that of END TIME. The display does not return to the original display at the END TIME.

Changing the Display Position Automatically

In the SCREEN SAVER menu, press

to move the cursor (B) to “PIC ORBITING” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

PIC ORBITING

ORB I T I NG : OF F ORB I T RANGE : 5 d o t ORBIT CYCLE : 10sec

SELECT SET END

Reducing Afterimage/Ghosting (Screen Saver Function)

When you select AUTO, the following menu appears.

ENTER

PIC INVERSION : AUTO

START T IME : 16 : 30 END T I ME : 1 6 : 45 POWER OFF : NO

SEL ECT ADJUS T END

(1) Press ENTER.

The cursor (B) appears on the monitor screen.

(2) Press

to move the cursor (B) to

“START TIME” and press ENTER. The following menu appears and the background of the hour is displayed in cyan.

ENTER

PIC INVERSION : AUTO

START T IME : 16 : 30

SELECT SET END

(3) Set the hour when the image is to be reversed

with

and press ENTER. The setting for the hour is entered and the background of the minute is displayed in cyan.

(4) Set the minute with

and press MENU. The setting for the minute is entered and the menu returns to the PIC INVERSION menu.

(5) Similarly, set the time when the PIC

INVERSION function is to be cancelled. The display will be reversed at the START TIME and will return to the original display at the END TIME. This cycle is carried out automatically once a day.

(GB)

Controlling Power On/Off Automatically (Power Control Function)

This monitor has two power controlling functions. You can set it to turn off the power automatically after a certain period if there is no input signal from the INPUT1 or INPUT2 connectors (POWER SAVING function). You can set the time when the power automatically turns on/off (ON/OFF TIMER function).

Power Saving Function

Press MENU. The main menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

MA I N MENU

INPUT SELECT PIC CONTROL PIC SIZE CONF I G MEMORY REMOTE STATUS

SELECT SET END

Press

to move the cursor (B) to “CONFIG” and press ENTER. The CONFIG (1/2) menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

CONF I G ( 1 / 2 )

DISPLAY : ON W-VGA : OFF CLOSED CAPTION: OFF COLOR SYS TEM : AUTO SCREEN F I L L : CENTER POWER CONTROL SCREEN SA VER

SELECT SET END

Reducing Afterimage/Ghosting (Screen Saver Function) / Controlling Power On/Off Automatically (Power Control Function)

Press

to move the cursor (B) to

“ORBITING” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ORB I T I NG : OF F

Select the ORBITING mode with

OFF: Cancel the PIC ORBITING function. ON: Set the PIC ORBITING function.

Press MENU. The menu returns to the PIC ORBITING menu.

Select ORBIT RANGE (moving distance) or ORBIT CYCLE (time) with

and press ENTER. The following values can be selected:

ORBIT RANGE: 5dot, 10dot, 15dot, 20dot ORBIT CYCLE: 10sec, 30sec, 1min, 5min

The following menu appears on the monitor screen. (The illustration below is for selecting ORBIT RANGE.)

ORBI T RANGE : 5dot

Adjust the ORBIT RANGE or ORBIT CYCLE with

and press MENU.

When both PIC INVERSION and PIC ORBITING are set to ON

If the PIC ORBITING function is actuated while the picture is reversed, the reversed picture is displayed changing position.

1-17

1-18

(GB)

On/Off Timer Function

In the CONFIG (1/2) menu, Press v / V to move the cursor (B) to “POWER CONTROL

” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

POWER CONT ROL

POWER SAV I NG : OF F ON / OF F T I MER : O FF

SELECT SET END

Press v / V to move the cursor (B) to “ON/OFF TIMER” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ON / OF F T I MER : O FF

Select ON with v / V and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

ON / OF F T I MER : ON

ON T I ME : 1 6 : 3 0 OFF T IME : 1 7 : 20

SEL ECT ADJUS T END

Controlling Power On/Off Automatically (Power Control Function)

Press

to move the cursor (B) to “POWER CONTROL” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

POWER CONT ROL

POWER SAV I NG : OF F ON / OF F T I MER : O FF

SELECT SET END

Press

to move the cursor (B) to “POWER SAVING” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

POWER SAV I NG : OF F

Press

to select the length of time until the change to power saving mode.

OFF: The power saving function does not work. 5min: Changes to the power saving mode after

five minutes if there is no input signal.

10min: Changes to the power saving mode after

10 minutes if there is no input signal.

The ON indicator flashes when the unit is in the power saving mode.

To cancel the power saving function

•Input the sync signal again.

•Press the 1 switch on the 1 (standby) switch /

indicator section or the POWER ON switch on the Remote Commander.

Signal specification for using the power saving function

The sync signal should be connected to the 13th pin of the RGB/YUV (D-sub 15-pin) connector in the INPUT1 or INPUT2 connectors.

(GB)

Self-diagnosis Function

The unit has a self-diagnosis function. This function displays the monitor

’s condition based on the pattern shown by the flashing of the STANDBY indicator. The flashing pattern informs you of the monitor

’s current condition. If the STANDBY indicator flashes, check the number of flashes and contact your authorized Sony dealer.

Check the flashing pattern of the STANDBY indicator. The indicator flashes (with an image showing on the monitor) or flashes at intervals of three seconds (with no image showing on the monitor). Count the number of flashes if the indicator flashes at intervals of three seconds. For example, the indicator flashes twice, followed by a three second pause, two more flashes and this pattern repeats. In this case, the count for the number of flashes is two.

Unplug the unit. Inform your authorized Sony dealer of the number of flashes.

Operating a Specific Monitor With the Remote Commander

Using the supplied Remote Commander, you can operate a specific monitor without affecting other monitors that are installed at the same time.

Press ID MODE ON on the Remote Commander. Monitor index numbers appear in white characters on all the monitors. (Every monitor is allocated an individual preset index number from 1 to 255.)

See “To change the index number

” in the right-hand

column on the next page to change the index number.

INDEX No.117 . . .

Controlling Power On/Off Automatically / Self-diagnosis Function / Operating a Specific Monitor With the Remote Commander

Index number

Press v / V to move the cursor (B) to “ON TIME” and press ENTER. The following menu appears and the background of the hour is displayed in cyan.

ENTER

ON / OF F T I MER : ON

ON T I ME : 1 6 : 3 0

SELECT SET END

Set the hour with v / V and press ENTER. The setting for the hour is entered and the background of the minute is displayed in cyan.

Set the minute with v / V and press MENU. The setting for the minute is entered and the menu returns to the ON/OFF TIMER menu.

Similarly, set the OFF TIME.

The ON indicator flashes when the OFF TIME is reached, and the monitor turns off.

Notes

•The power saving function does not work when the signal is input from the VIDEO connectors.

•If the sync signal is not connected to the 13th pin of the RGB/YUV (D-sub 15-pin) connector in the INPUT1 or INPUT2 connectors, the monitor does not turn on even if the sync signal is input. Be sure to set POWER SAVING to OFF when only an RGB signal is connected.

•The power saving function, on/off timer function and power off function in the PIC INVERSION mode cannot be used simultaneously. When one of those functions is set to ON (YES),

“– – – –” appears next

to the others and their functions are not available.

•If you set ON TIME and OFF TIME to the same time, the setting of ON TIME takes priority over that of OFF TIME. The monitor does not turn off at the OFF TIME.

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(GB)

To change the index number

You can change the index number if necessary. When you change the number, use the buttons on the control button section of the monitor.

Press MENU. The main menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

MA I N MENU

I NPUT SE LECT PIC CONTROL PIC SIZE CONF I G MEMORY REMOTE STATUS

SELECT SET END

Press v / V to move the cursor (B) to “REMOTE” and press ENTER. The REMOTE menu appears on the monitor screen.

ENTER

REMOTE

INDEX No. : 001 REMOTE MODE : TV REMOTE ONLY : OFF

SELECT SET END

Press v / V to move the cursor (B) to “INDEX No.” and press ENTER. The following menu appears on the monitor screen.

INDEX No. : 001

Select the index number with v / V and press ENTER. The menu returns to the REMOTE menu.

Operating a Specific Monitor With the Remote Commander

Input the index number of the monitor you want to operate using the 0

– 9 buttons on the Remote Commander. The input number appears right next to the index number of each monitor.

INDEX No.117 117

Press ID MODE SET. The character on the selected monitor changes to cyan while the others change to red.

You can operate only the monitor specified. (All operations are available in ID mode except power on/off.)

After the necessary adjustment, press ID MODE OFF. The monitor returns to the normal mode.

Input number

(GB)

Remote Commander model RM-854 RM-921 RM-1271 RM-PJ1292 RM-PJ1000 REMOTE MODE setting TV TV PJ PJ PJ

Input selection INPUT1 RGB RGB1 A A A

INPUT2 — RGB2 B B B VIDEO LINE1 LINE VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO

Menu operation MENU MENU MENU PAGE or < PAGE or < MENU or <

ENTER ENTER ENTER ,,ENTER or ,

v + SELECT+MM M M V – SELECT–mm m m

Picture adjustment Contrast CONTRAST+/–— CONTR+/– CONTR+/– CONTR+/–

Chroma CHROMA+/–— COLOR+/– COLOR+/– COLOR+/– Phase PHASE+/–— HUE+/– HUE+/– HUE+/–

On-screen information DISPLAY DISPLAY — STATUS ON STATUS ON

Using Other Remote Commander Models

The following operations can be carried out using other Remote Commander models.

•Power on/off

•Input selection

•Menu operations

•Picture adjustments: contrast, phase and chroma

•On-screen display on/off

The operations available and the buttons to be used for each operation are limited depending on each Remote Commander. See the table below.

1-19

1-20

(GB)

Specifications

...............................................................................................................................

..........................................................................

Specifications

Video processing

Preset signal See page 21 (GB). Sampling rate 13.5 MHz to 140 MHz Panel system AC-type Plasma Display Panel Display resolution 1 024 dots

(horizontal)

× 1 024

lines

(vertical)

Pixel pitch

0.90 (horizontal) × 0.51 (vertical)

(

⁄

inches)

Picture size

921 (horizontal) × 522 (vertical)

(36

⁄8 × 20

⁄8 inches)

Panel size 42-inch (diagonal 1 058 mm)

Inputs and Outputs

INPUT1/INPUT2

RGB/YUV D-sub 15-pin (female) (See “Pin

assignment” on page 39 (GB).)

AUDIO Stereo minijack

500 mVrms, high impedance

VIDEO (NTSC, PAL, SECAM, NTSC4.43, PAL60, PAL-M)

COMPOSITE IN BNC-type (×1)

Composite video, 1 Vp-p ±2 dB

sync negative, 75-ohm (automatic termination)

Y/C IN Mini DIN 4-pin type (×1)

Y (luminance): 1 Vp-p ±2 dB sync

negative, 75 ohms terminated

C (chrominance): Burst

0.286 Vp-p ±2 dB (NTSC), 75 ohms terminated Burst 0.3 Vp-p ±2 dB (PAL), 75 ohms terminated

AUDIO IN Stereo minijack

500 mVrms, high impedance

COMPOSITE OUT

BNC-type (×1) Loop-through

AUDIO OUT Stereo minijack

500 mVrms, high impedance

REMOTE (RS-232C)

D-sub 9-pin type (×1)

Safety regulations

UL1950, CSA No. 950 (c-UL),

FCC Class B, IC Class B, EN60 950 (NEMKO), CE, C-Tick

General

Power requirements

100 V to 240 V AC,

50/60 Hz, 4.5 A to 1.8 A

Power consumption

400 W

Operating conditions

Temperature: 0 °C to 35 °C

(32 °F to 95 °F)

Humidity: 20% to 90%

(no condensation)

Atmospheric pressure: 700 to

1 060 hPa

Storing/transporting conditions

Temperature: –10 °C to +40 °C

(14 °F to 104 °F)

Humidity: 20% to 90%

(no condensation)

Atmospheric pressure: 700 to

1 060 hPa

Dimensions 1 032 × 630 × 83 mm

(40

⁄

× 24

⁄

× 3

⁄8 inches)

(w/h/d, excluding projections)

Mass 29.4 kg (64 lb 13 oz)

Supplied accessories

AC power cord (1) AC plug holder (2) Remote Commander RM-42B (1) Size AA (R6) batteries (2) Operating instructions (1)

Optional accessories

Monitor stand SU-42B Video input adaptor BKM-B10

(for the PFM-42B1E only)

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

1) The PFM-42B1E is not equipped with VIDEO connectors. For the PFM-42B1E, composite video and Y/C input can be input to the monitor when the BKM-B10 video input adaptor (not supplied) is installed in the monitor.

(GB)

Specifications

Pin No. Signal

1 Red video or R-Y or P

2 Green video or Y 3 Blue video or B-Y or P

4 Ground 5 Ground 6 Red ground 7 Green ground 8 Blue ground 9 Not used 10 Ground 11 Ground 12 SDA 13 H sync or composite sync 14 V sync 15 SCL

Pin assignment

RGB/YUV connector (D-sub 15-pin)

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

2-1. Board Layout

Section 2

Service Informations

SWITCHING REGULATOR (APS-132 M)

QA (BKM-B10)

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

2-1

2-2. Disassembly

2-2-1. QA Board (BKM-B10) Removal

4 Blank panel * Only AEP model.

3 Two screws (+PSW3 x 8)

1 Loosen two panel stopper screws.

2 QA board (BKM-B10) BKM-B10 is available separately for AEP model.

Connector

2-2

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

2-2-2. Rear Cover Assy Removal

1 Four screws (+PSW6 x 20)

4 Four screws (+BVTP4 x 16)

3 Fourteen screws (+BVTP4 x 16)

2 Knob

5 Two screws

(+PSW3 x 8)

6 Screw (+PSW3 x 8)

7 Three screws (+PSW3 x 8)

8 Rear cover assy

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

Cushion

2-3

2-2-3. Bezel Assy and YA, YB Boards Removal

5 Eighteen screws (+BVTP4 x 16)

6 Main chassis

8 Two screws

(+BVTP4 x 16)

1 Screw (+BVTP4 x 16)

2 YB board bracket

Wire (for reference)

9 Filter bracket (V)

CN8501

7 Bezel assy

CN8601

4 YB Board

3 Two screws

(+P2 x 5)

0 Screw (+BVTP3 x 12)

!- Earth plate

!= YA board

Note) If two wires attached on the glass surface of plasma display panel, be careful not to cut them.

2-4

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

2-2-4. B Block Assy Removal

2 S/C cover

4 Screw

(+PS3 x 6)

Remove the lithium battery in the direction of arrow.

Lithium battery (CR2025)

Battery holder

Removal of Lithium Battery

CN6

CN10

CN8001

CN12

CN9

CN3

1 Four screws (+BVTP3 x 12)

GND

5 B block assy

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

Cushion

3 Two PC board hinges

2-5

2-2-5. B and B1 Boards Removal

* Remove the B block assy. (Refer to 2-2-4.)

7 Fan bracket

6 Screw

(+PS3 x 6)

0 B1 board

8 Six screws

(+PS3 x 6)

9 B board

1 Three screws

(+PS3 x 6)

5 S/C panel

2 Two screws

4 Two screws

3 Two screws

2-6

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

2-2-6. Extention Board Connection

Extension board (Mounted circuit board, Z Part No : A-1391-125-A)

S/C cover

B1 board

Connector (CN6102)

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

2-7

2-2-7. Power Supply Assy Removal

CN8

CN7

CN4

CN6

CN5

5 Screw (+PSW4 x 8)

GND

CN1

4 Five screws (+PSW3 x 8)

6 Power supply assy

1 Screw

(+PSW4 x 16)

2 S board

3 S board bracket

Cushion

2-8

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

2-2-8. Switching Regulator (APS-132 M board) Removal

* Remove the Power supply assy. (Refer to 2-2-7.)

7 Nine screws (+PSW4 x 8)

3 Screw (+PSW3 x 6)

8 Switching regulator (APS-132 M board)

6 Heat transfer plate

1 Screw

(+PSW3 x 6)

5 Fan

2 Screw

(+PSW3 x 6)

4 Two screws (+PSW3 x 16)

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

2-9

2-2-9. T Board Removal

* Remove the Power supply assy. (Refer to 2-2-7.)

CN7

1 Two screws (+PSW3 x 6)

CN4

CN5

CN1

CN6

CN3

CN2

2 T board

Cushion

CN41

CN42

CN12

Two hooks

2-10

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

2-2-10.Plasma Display Panel Unit Removal (1/2)

0 Screw (+PSW4 x 8)

9 Two screws (+PSW5 x 40)

4 Two screws (+PSW5 x 40)

5 Screw (+PSW4 x 8)

!\ Screw (+PSW3 x 16)

!, Three screws (+PSW4 x 16)

!. Three S boards

@/ Three S board brackets

Wire (for reference)

!; S board

!' S board bracket

!- Corner bracket (B)

6 Corner bracket (A)

7 Two screws

(+BVTP4 x 16)

!= Two screws (+PSW5 x 40)

![ Screw (+PSW4 x 8)

2 Screw (+PSW4 x 8)

1 Two screws (+PSW5 x 40)

CN1

8 Inlet bracket

!] Corner bracket (A)

3 Corner bracket (B)

Cushion

Note) If two wires attached on the glass surface of plasma display panel, be careful not to cut them.

* Remove the Bezel assy. (Refer to 2-2-3.) * Remove the B block assy. (Refer to 2-2-4.) * Remove the Power supply assy. (Refer to 2-2-7.) * Remove the T board. (Refer to 2-2-9.)

Remove those parts according to numbers

1 through

@/@/

@/.

@/@/

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

2-11

2-2-10.Plasma Display Panel Unit Removal (2/2)

Remove the parts according to numbers

@-@-

@- through

@-@-

Change toward of the DC/DC converter as shown. Attach the DC/DC converter according to numbers After that, pack it according to the item 2-2-11.

@. Two screws (+PSW3 x 6) * Secure the screw that is removed in item 2-2-9 1.

@- Two screws (+PSW3 x 6)

@\ Spacer

@; Two supports

@\@\

@\.

@\@\

@;@;

@; through

@;@;

#/#/

#/.

#/#/

@[ DC/DC converter

@= Two screws

(+PSW3 x 6)

@] DC-DC bracket

@, DC/DC converter

@' Four screws (+PSW3 x 6)

* Secure the screw that is removed in items @- and @=.

Cushion

Two hooks

#/ Plasma display panel unit

2-12

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

2-2-11.Plasma Display Panel Unit Packing When Sending it to FUJITSU

3 Eight screws (M5 x 50)

2 Lower pad (B)

1 Eight spacers

Type : FPF11R-KM6 Name : Spacer for fixing bracket (100 unit)

Polyethlene sheet

4 Plasma display panel unit * Glass side is lower.

!\ Outer box (Cap)

8 Inner box (Cap)

Silicagel

7 Upper pad (B)

6 Plasma display panel unit

* Glass side is upper.

0 Two joint parts

Notch

!] Upper pad (A)

!; Two joint parts

9 Two joint parts

5 Inner box (bottom)

Notch

![ Inner box (Cap)

!= Lower pad (A)

!, Two joint parts

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

!- Outer box (Bottom)

2-13

Section 3

Operation check only

When IC200 and its peripheral

parts (the parts that are

shown in schematic diagram

B (2/14) ) are replaced.

When PDP is replaced.

STATUS/TEST

B board

Power supply board (APS-132 M)

When memory (IC511) on the B board is replaced.

WHITE BALANCE ADC CALIBRATION

ADC CALIBRATION

WHITE BALANCE

EEPROM RESET WHITE BALANCE ADC CALIBRATION MAINTENANCE STATUS/TEST

S1 board

When any of the following

boards is replaced.

When any repairs that

are related to picture quality

are performed.

Electrical Adjustments

3-1. Equipment Required

. Oscilloscope

Tektronix 2465 or equivalent (band width : 350 MHz or more)

. VG (Programmable video signal generator)

VG814 or equivalent

. Frequency counter

Advantest TR5821AK or equivalent

. Digital voltmeter

Advantest TR6845 or equivalent

. Potential transformer . Regulated DC power supply . Remote commander (RM-42B)

Note : Perform the following adjustments at least 5 minutes after turning on

the power.

3-2. Electrical Adjustments Using the

Service Mode

The electrical adjustments can be performed using the remote commander RM-42B supplied with the PFM-42B1/B1E. The remote commander has the Service Mode. Select the Service Mode to perform the electrical adjustments as listed below.

How to enter the Service Mode using the commanders other than RM-42B: In the STAND-BY state, press the keys in the following order.

[DISPLAY] → [5] → [

VOL+

] → [

POWER

]How to exit the

Service Mode : Press the ON key once and back on to enter the STAND-BY state or turn off the main power to exit the Service Mode.

r Operation of remote commander in the

Service Mode

The four keys of MENU, ENTER, SELECT+ and SELECT_ are the basic operation keys in the same manner as in the user adjustment. The other keys can be operated in the same manner as in the user adjustment.

r The electrical adjustments using the Service

Mode become necessary in the following cases.

When any of the following repairs is performed, adjustment using the service mode becomes necessary.

r Service Menu

When you enter the Service Mode, the mode menu appears as shown below. The mode menu contains the three menus of MAIN MENU, SERVICE MENU and MANUAL MENU as shown. Select the SERVICE MENU to perform the electrical adjustments.

MODE SELECT

MAIN MENU

SERVICE MENU

MANUAL MENU

SERVICE MENU

EEPROM RESET WHITE BALANCE ADC CALIBRATION VIDEO PROCESSOR SPECIAL FUNCTION PRESET EDIT MAINTENANCE

STATUS/TEST

How to enter the Service Mode using the RM-42B: In the STAND-BY state, press the keys in the following order. [DISPLAY] → [5] → [BRT+] → [ON]

: This is the user’s menu. Use the MAIN MENU when user adjustment items such as operation checks upon completion of adjustments, are going to be made.

: This is the menu that is used for electrical adjustments. This section of this manual describes how to use the SERVICE MENU.

: This menu is used in production factory. Do not make any attempts to use this menu and do not make any operations using this menu.

Initialization of EEPROM Gain adjustment of digital gamma circuit Calibration of A/D converter Level adjustment of video processor circuit Setting the special functions Editing the preset signals Setting the data that are unique to the particular machine Internal status and function test

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

3-1

SERVICE MENU

1. EEPROM RESET

EEPROM Configuration

Table 1 shows the configuration of EEPROM. The entire area or the respective areas of the EEPROM can be separately initialized.

Menu Structure

Select the desired area of EEPROM to be initialized using the following menu.

EEPROM RESET

WHOLE AREA COMMON COLOR TEMP PROG. PRESET FIXED PRESET LAST MEMORY USER MEMORY FACTORY

To initialize the desired area, firstly select the desired item from the EEPROM RESET menu. Change the selected item from CANCEL to EXECUTE. Then press ENTER.

e) FIXED PRESET

Only the FIXED PRESET area of the EEPROM as shown in Table 1 is initialized. When the FIXED PRESET area is initialized, the basic preset area is initialized to the built-in standard value that is stored in the system controller.

f) LAST MEMORY

Only the LAST MEMORY area of the EEPROM as shown in Table 1 is initialized. When the LAST MEMORY area is initialized, only the last memory data of every signal that is adjusted by user is initialized.

g) USER MEMORY

Only the USER MEMORY area of the EEPROM as shown in Table 1 is initialized. When the USER MEMORY area is initialized, all of the 20 types of adjustment data that is saved by the MEMORY function of the user menu are initialized to EMPTY.

h) FACTORY

Only the FACTORY area of the EEPROM as shown in Table 1 is initialized. When the FACTORY area is initialized, all areas of the MEMORY except the areas that are listed below are initialized.

a) WHOLE AREA

The entire area of the EEPROM is initialized. Initializing the entire area of the EEPROM has the same result as all menu items of COMMON, COLOR TEMP, PROG. PRESET, FIXED PRESET, LAST MEMORY, USER MEMORY and FACTORY are executed.

b) COMMON

Only the COMMON area of the EEPROM as shown in Table 1 is initialized. When the COMMON area is initialized, the data that is unique to the particular machine and the common data (CONFIG MENU, REMOTE MENU) are initialized.

c) COLOR TEMP

Only the COLOR TEMP area of the EEPROM as shown in Table 1 is initialized. When the COLOR TEMP area is initialized, the color temperature data in HIGH, LOW and the user setup data from 1 to 6 are initialized to 255. The users names are also initialized to “1” to “6”.

d) PROG. PRESET

Only the PROG. PRESET area of the EEPROM as shown in Table 1 is initialized. When the PROG. PRESET area is initialized, the preset area (for 20 types) that is reserved as spare is initialized.

3-2

Items that are not initialized by the “FACTORY” RESET function.

. EEPROM ID CODE

.. ..

. INDEX NUMBER

.. ..

. MODEL NAME

.. ..

. SERIAL NUMBER

.. ..

. AUTO PLL SETUP

.. ..

. AUTO PLL PIXEL

.. ..

. H/V SHIFT

.. ..

. VIDEO SHARP SW

.. ..

. AUTO FT CANCEL

.. ..

. WATCH ERROR

.. ..

. Y GAIN

.. ..

. R-Y GAIN

.. ..

. B-Y GAIN

.. ..

. R CUTOFF

.. ..

. B CUTOFF

.. ..

. ADC R GAIN

.. ..

. ADC G GAIN

.. ..

. ADC B GAIN

.. ..

. ADC R OFFSET

.. ..

. ADC G OFFSET

.. ..

. ADC B OFFSET

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

2. WHITE BALANCE

3. ADC CALIBRATION

Menu Structure

Adjust the white balance of the desired color temperature by selecting the items of the WHITE BALANCE menu and by adjusting the R, G, B gain of the digital gamma circuit.

WHITE BALANCE

WINDOW COLOR TEMP RED GAIN GREEN GAIN BLUE GAIN

: OFF : HIGH : 255 : 255 : 255

a) WINDOW

The PFM-42B1/B1E has the built-in window signal for white balance adjustment. There are two sizes that are the large and small windows. Select the optimum size of window for white balance adjustment. OFF : Window does not appear. TYPE1 : Small window TYPE2 : Large widow

Note : When white balance is going to be adjusted using an external signal,

perform the A/D converter calibration (referring to the next paragraph

3) ADC CALIBRATION) before starting the white balance adjustment.

b) COLOR TEMP

To adjust the white balance, firstly select the desired color temperature from HIGH, LOW, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 on the COLOR TEMP sub-menu. Color temperature of items 1 to 6 are the same as those of the user menu.

c) RED GAIN

Adjust the red gain of the selected color temperature. The range of adjustment is from 010 to 255.

d) GREEN GAIN

Adjust the green gain of the selected color temperature. The range of adjustment is from 010 to 255.

e) BLUE GAIN

Adjust the red blue of the selected color temperature. The range of adjustment is from 010 to 255.

Menu Structure

Calibrate the A/D converter (IC200) until non-uniformity between the R, G and B channels of the A/D converter is removed.

ADC CALIBRATION

AUTO CAL MODE RED GAIN GREEN GAIN BLUE GAIN RED BIAS GREEN BIAS BLUE BIAS

R : – – – G : – – – B : – – –

: OFF : 128 : 128 : 128 : 128 : 128 : 128 : 128

a) AUTO

The A/D converter is automatically calibrated.

Note : When sufficient adjustment accuracy cannot be obtained by the

automatic calibration, perform basically the manual calibration using the following ADC CALIBRATION menu items.

b) CAL MODE

The A/D converter has the calibration mode as its operating mode as follows. * The A/D converter has the R, G, B GAIN adjust-

ments and the R, G, B BIAS adjustments. The GAIN adjustments of the A/D converter are used for CONTRAST adjustment in the machine. The R, G, B BIAS adjustments of the A/D converter are used

for BRIGHTNESS adjustment in the machine. CAL MODE - OFF : Standard display state The R, G, B GAIN values and the R, G, B BIAS values are controlled by the CONTRAST/BRIGHT data of the user menu. The R, G, B GAIN values and the R, G, B BIAS values of this menu cannot be adjusted independently. CAL MODE - OFF : Calibration mode The R, G, B GAIN values and the R, G, B BIAS values of this menu can be adjusted independently. The R, G, B data that appear in the most-bottom part of the menu in cyan, change from the indication “___” to the indication of any digital output data of the A/D converter.

c) RED GAIN/GREEN GAIN/BLUE GAIN

The respective R, G, B GAIN values can be adjusted independently. The range of adjustment is from 000 to 255.

White Balance Adjustment

Refer to section “3-3. White Balance Adjustment”.

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

d) RED BIAS/GREEN BIAS/BLUE BIAS

The respective R, G, B BIAS values can be adjusted independently. The range of adjustment is from 000 to 255.

A/D Calibration Adjustment

Refer to section “3-4. A/D Calibration Adjustment”.

3-3

4. VIDEO PROCESSOR

5. SPECIAL FUNCTION

Menu Structure

The following items of the video processor can be adjusted using this menu. However, all items of the video processor have the default values on which normal operations are performed. Therefore, the video processor normally needs no adjustment.

VIDEO PROCESSOR

Y GAIN R-Y GAIN B-Y GAIN RED CUTOFF BLUE CUTOFF GREEN C/O SW : ON

: 111 : 082 : 128 : 143 : 100

a) Y GAIN

The range of adjustment is from 000 to 255. Default value : 111

b) R-Y GAIN

The range of adjustment is from 000 to 255. Default value : 082

c) B-Y GAIN

The range of adjustment is from 000 to 255. Default value : 128

d) RED CUTOFF

The range of adjustment is from 000 to 255. Default value : 143

e) BLUE CUTOFF

The range of adjustment is from 000 to 255. Default value : 100

f) GREEN C/O SW

This switch is set to ON normally. However, if white balance cannot be obtained at the CUTOFF position, set this switch to the OFF position and adjust the white balance.

Menu Structure

Various special functions as listed in the SPECIAL FUNCTION menu can be independently set as required.

SPECIAL FUNCTION

AUTO ASPECT AUTO PLL SETUP AUTO PLL PIXEL H/V SHIFT VIDEO SHARP SW AUTO FT CANCEL

a) AUTO ASPECT (Japanese Model only)

When the BKM-B11 is installed, the aspect ratio is automatically switched by the identification signal at the D terminal. ON : Aspect ratio is automatically switched by the

identification signal

OFF : Automatic switching of aspect ratio is

prohibited.

b) AUTO PLL SETUP

Sets enable/disable of automatic execution of the PIXEL ADJUST function. ON :When the AUTO PLL SETUP is set to ON,

the PIXEL ADJUST is automatically executed when the main power is turned on or when the input signal is switched. (Be noted that about 10 seconds are required to output the video signal after switching the input signal when this function is kept to the ON position.)

OFF : The automatic PIXEL ADJUST is executed

only when AUTO item of the user menu

PIXEL ADJUST is activated. This function becomes valid only when the signal that enables the PIXEL ADJUST is inputted to the 42B

PFM-

Set the AUTO PLL SETUP item to the OFF position normally.

Video Processor Adjustment

Refer to section “3-5. Video Processor Adjustment”. (Perform the service menu adjustment of the video processor only when the specifications cannot be satisfied by section “3-5. Video Processor Adjustment”.)

3-4

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

c) AUTO PLL PIXEL

Selects the functions that are automatically adjusted when PIXEL ADJUST is executed. ON : Both the TOTAL H PIXEL and DOT PHASE

are automatically adjusted.

OFF : Only the DOT PHASE is automatically

adjusted.

In the case that the

PFM-42B1/B1E

is used under the environment where input signal contains much noise, there are cases that the PIXEL ADJUST mis-operations. Therefore, set the AUTO PLL PIXEL to the OFF position. In such a case, the TOTAL H PIXEL can be adjusted only manually. This function becomes valid only when the signal that enables the PIXEL ADJUST is inputted to the 42B

. Set the AUTO PLL PIXEL item to the ON position normally.

d) H/V SHIFT

Selects the method to control the horizontal and vertical picture shift. EDGE : When EDGE is selected, a picture is shifted

by changing the starting position when reading data into memory. Using this function, the entire area including blanking of all pictures can be displayed by shifting. The variable range of shifting is 1 horizontal and vertical period respectively.

CAPT : When CAPT is selected, the picture that is

already written into memory is shifted by a scan converter. Using this function, a picture can be shifted as much as ± 50 % of a picture. When a picture is partly lacked at an end of a picture, the lacked portion of a

picture cannot be displayed. Set the H/V SHIFT item to the EDGE position normally.

PFM-

e) VIDEO SHARP SW

Sets analog aperture ON or OFF. The two methods are used for the aperture correction of the video signals (NTSC/PAL/SECAM/NTSC4.43/ PAL60/PAL-M and YUV signal having horizontal frequency of 15 kHz). These two methods are the scaling filter and the analog aperture of the scan converter. ON : Both the scaling filter and the analog aperture

of the scan converter are used for aperture correction.

OFF : Only the scaling of the scan converter is used

for aperture correction. This function becomes valid only when the signal (NTSC/PAL/SECAM/NTSC4.43/PAL60/PAL-M and YUV signal having horizontal frequency of 15 kHz) is inputted to the

PFM-42B

. Set the VIDEO SHARP SW item to the ON position normally.

f) AUTO FT CANCEL

Sets the FT (field tearing) cancel circuit ON or OFF. The

PFM-42B1/B1E

has the FT (field tearing) prevention circuit caused by the overrun of memory while it is displaying the moving picture (video and DTV). However, there can be cases that noise appears on screen when the FT (field tearing) prevention is being executed. ON : The FT (field tearing) is cancelled in every

picture size and in every shift conditions as long as the

PFM-42B1/B1E

is receiving the moving picture. When this item is set to ON, noise may appear only once after the size/ shift is adjusted. (Noise does not last long but appears only once when the size/shift adjustment is complete.)

OFF : The FT (field tearing) cancel circuit is

disabled. When OFF is selected, there can be a case that the FT (field tearing) appears on screen depending on the adjustment conditions of picture size/shift. However, the noise due to operation of the processing circuit does not occur.

Set the AUTO FT CANCEL item to the ON position normally.

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

3-5

6. PRESET EDIT

Preset Data Configuration

Memory map of the preset data area is shown in Table 1 (PROG. PRESET/FIXED PRESET). The areas from 1 to 20 are assigned to store the additional signal. The areas from 21 to 74 are assigned to store the internal signal.

Menu Structure

PRESET EDIT

ORIGINAL DATA SELECT DATA EDIT SAVE AREA SELECT

How To Edit The Preset Data

As shown in the illustration, the system controller contains the memory area (i.e., Editing RAM) that is assigned only for data editing. The source data that is used for editing must be firstly copied to the Editing RAM. Edit then the copied data as desired. Finally save the result of editing in the specified preset area of the EEPROM.

(The illustration shows an example that the data in the preset area No. 02 is once copied to the Editing RAM where data is edited. The edited data is sent back to the preset area No. 11 where the edited data is saved.)

EEPROM Preset areas System controller

Preset Area 01 Preset Area 02 Preset Area 03 Preset Area 04 Preset Area 05 Preset Area 06 Preset Area 07 Preset Area 08 Preset Area 09 Preset Area 10 Preset Area 11 Preset Area 12

Editing RAM

Editing

3-6

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

a) ORIGINAL DATA SELECT

Menu Structure

Select the source data that is used for editing. Then the selected source data is copied to the Editing RAM.

ORIGINAL DATA SELECT

CURRENT DATA SELECT FORMAT TABLE

- ORIGINAL FORMAT H FREQUENCY V FREQUENCY SYNC POL (H/V)

: PROGRAM1

: 31.47 [kHz] : 60.00 [Hz] : NEGE/NEGA

(1) The signal that is being inputted at present is selected as the source data. (2) The signal that is already stored in the preset area is selected as the source data.

(3) Frequency of the signal that is selected as the source data is displayed.

EDIT MODE

: DIRECT

(4) Type of the signal that is selected as the source data is displayed.

(1) CURRENT DATA SELECT

When an editing is performed using the signal that is being inputted at present is selected as the source data, move the cursor to this item and press ENTER. The selected data is copied to the Editing RAM.

(2) FORMAT TABLE : PROGRAM 1

When an editing is performed using the signal that is already stored in the preset area is selected as the source data, move the cursor to this item and press ENTER. Select the desired area from Table 1 by pressing the +/_ keys. The selected data is copied to the Editing RAM.

(3) - ORIGINAL FORMAT -

Frequency of the signal that is selected as the source data in step (1) or (2) is displayed. Use the frequency data as the fundamental information when selecting a source data.

(4) EDIT MODE

When the signal that is being inputted at present is selected as the source data, the message DIRECT appears. When the signal that is already stored in the preset area is selected as the source data, the message TABLE appears.

Note : The editing items that can be editing here are different in the DIRECT mode and the TABLE mode.

Refer to the next sub-section “b) DATA EDIT” for the editing items.

< When DIRECT mode is used for editing > … The DIRECT mode is used when editing is performed while watching the picture on screen in the case that the specifications of the signal are not known. … When DIRECT mode is selected, select the desired adjustment item referring to the next sub-section “b) DATA EDIT” by pressing the +/_ keys. Press the ENTER key. Then the result of data adjustment is reflected on the display screen. (Pressing the MENU key returns to the previous menu display.) However, the three adjustment items H FREQUENCY, V FREQUENCY and SYNC POL cannot be changed by the menu operation.

< When TABLE mode is used for editing > … The TABLE mode is used when the specifications of the signal to edit are already known. … All adjustment items adjusted by the menu but result of adjustment is not reflected on the actual picture. Data can be edited only.

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

3-7

b) DATA EDIT

Menu Structure

The following items of the source data that is copied to the Editing RAM can be modified as described below.

DATA EDIT

INPUT SELECT INPUT SELECT2 H FREQUENCY V FREQUENCY SYNC POL (H/V) TOTAL H PIXEL LEFT EDGE H RESOLUTION TOP EDGE V RESOLUTION DOT PHASE CP PLACEMENT CP DURATION INTERLACE MODE FILED MODE FRAMELOCK MODE MATRIX SELECT PICTURE AGC ASPECT ZOOM APERTURE INIT APERTURE HIGH APERTURE MID APERTURE LOW AUTO PLL SYNC WIDTH (µs)

: 01100000 : 00000101 : 31.47 [kHz] : 60.00 [Hz] : NEGA/NEGA : 800 : 140 : 640 : 35 : 480 : 128 : 005 : 016 : OFF : OFF : OFF : ITU709 : ON : 4 × 3 : × 1 : MID : 000 : 002 : 004 : ON : 003.81

(1) Acceptable type of input signal (2) Horizontal frequency

(3) Vertical frequency (4) Sync signal polarity (5) Total number of horizontal dots (6) Horizontal dot position to start reading (7) Horizontal resolution (Number of dots) (8) Vertical dot position to start reading (9) Vertical resolution (Number of dots) (10) Dot phase (11) Clamp pulse width (Number of dots) (12) Clamp pulse position (Number of dots) (13) Interlace setting (14) In-field processing setting (15) Vertical sync setting (16) Color difference matrix setting (17) Automatic brightness adjustment setting (18) Aspect ratio setting (19) Zoom setting (20) Aperture initial value setting (21) Aperture data setting (22) Aperture data setting (23) Aperture data setting (24) Automatic PIXEL ADJUST setting (25) Horizontal sync signal width

Note : A maximum of 8 lines of the above menu can be displayed on screen. The other menu items can be

displayed by scrolling the display by moving the cursor up or down.

3-8

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(1) INPUT SELECT

The input signals that are acceptable to the B1E

are set. This item consists of 8 bits. Each bit corresponds to each type of input signal. Only the input channel to which “1” is set, can be received by the

INPUT SELECT : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

YUV3 RGB1 RGB2 YUV1

PFM-42B

PFM-42B1/

DV Y/C LINE YUV2

(7) LEFT EDGE

The horizontal sync width (in dots) + horizontal back porch width (in dots) are set.

(8) H RESOLUTION

Horizontal resolution power is set.

Note : When 1280 or more is set to the horizontal resolution, picture may

not be displayed normally on screen. When a signal that has the higher resolution than the SXGA signal, is going to be preset, reduce the number of horizontal resolution by skipping or any other means down to 1280 or less.

Note : Regarding the LINE and Y/C input channels, these signals having

horizontal frequency of 15 kHz can be inputted. Because these input signals pass through the double-speed processing circuit in the PFM42B circuit configuration, do not use the LINE and Y/C input channels.

(2) INPUT SELECT 2

INPUT SELECT2 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

RGB3 D4 PC

(3) H FREQUENCY

The horizontal frequency is set.

Note: This menu item cannot be modified in the DIRECT mode because the

DIRECT mode can edit the signal that is being inputted at present.

(4) V FREQUENCY

The vertical frequency is set.

Note : This menu item cannot be modified in the DIRECT mode because

the DIRECT mode can edit the signal that is being inputted at present.

(5) SYNC POL (H/V)

Polarity of sync signal is set.

SYNC POL (H/V) : NEGA/NEGA

Horizontal sync polarity

Vertical sync polarity

To set the polarity, select as follows: Negative polarity : NEGA Positive polarity : POSI SOG : ___

Note : This menu item cannot be modified in the DIRECT mode because

the DIRECT mode can edit the signal that is being inputted at present.

(6) TOTAL H PIXEL

The total number of dots in a horizontal period is set. The number of dots that is set here becomes the initial value of the user menu “TOTAL H PIXEL”.

Note : Set the total number of dots to satisfy the following conditions.

TOTAL H PIXEL > [LEFT EDGE + H RESOLUTION]

(9) TOP EDGE

The vertical sync width (in lines) + vertical back porch width (in lines) are set.

Note : Set the TOP EDGE value to satisfy the following conditions.

[TOP EDGE + V RESOLUTION] < [horizontal frequency + vertical frequency]

(10)V RESOLUTION

The vertical resolution is set.

Note : Set the V RESOLUTION value to satisfy the following conditions.

[TOP EDGE + V RESOLUTION] < [horizontal frequency + vertical frequency]

(11)DOT PHASE

Pulse phase of the horizontal sampling frequency is set. The pulse phase that is set here becomes the initial value of DOT PHASE of the user menu. The pulse phase can be set in the range of 000 to 255.

(12)CP PLACEMENT

Clamp pulse position is set. The clamp pulse position is set starting from the trailing edge of horizontal sync signal (when data is

000). Increasing this value moves the clamp pulse in the direction toward the picture area.

The clamp pulse generating position “Tcp” is given by the following equation starting from the trailing edge of horizontal sync signal. Tcp = CP PLACEMENT / [horizontal sync frequency x TOTAL H PIXEL] (in seconds)

(13)CP DURATION

Clamp pulse width is set. The clamp pulse width is set starting from the position that is determined by CP PLACEMENT. Increasing this value widens the clamp pulse width in the direction toward the picture area.

The clamp pulse width “Wcp” is given by the following. Wcp = CP DURATION / [horizontal sync frequency x TOTAL H PIXEL] (in seconds)

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

3-9

(14)INTERLACE MODE

Whether the input signal is interlaced or not is set. ON : When the input signal is the interlaced signal. OFF : When the input signal is not the interlaced

signal.

(15)FIELD MODE

Whether the interlaced signal is processed within a field or within a frame, is set. ON : When the input interlaced signal is processed

within a field.

OFF : When the interlaced signal is processed within

a frame. Select the ON position when a signal has a low corelationship between the two fields within a frame such as moving picture.

(16)FRAMELOCK MODE

Whether the PDP display picture is synchronized with the input signal to scan converter or not, is set. ON : The PDP display picture is synchronized with

the input signal. OFF : The PDP display picture is asynchronous with

the input signal. When moving picture (animation) is going be displayed, select the ON position.

Note : This item can be set to ON as long as the vertical frequency of the

input signal is in the range of 50 to 60 Hz.

(17)MATRIX SELECT

The color difference matrix when the YUV signal is being input, is set.

MATRIX SELECT : ITU601 MATRIX SELECT : ITU709

(20)ZOOM

The desired zoom ratio is selected from the zoom ratios of x 1 or x 2 or x 3 or x 4. Result of this setting becomes the initial value of the user menu ZOOM.

Note : Any zoom ratios other than x 1 cannot be selected when the

ASPECT is W ZOOM, LB ZOOM.

(21)APERTURE INIT

The desired aperture is selected from HIGH or MID or LOW. Result of this setting becomes the initial value of the user menu APERTURE.

(22)APERTURE HIGH

The scaling filter value when selecting HIGH of the APERTURE, is set. The scaling filter value can be set in the range of 000 to 011. (Refer to the Supplement to APERTURE in the following paragraph.)

(23)APERTURE MID

The scaling filter value when selecting MID of the APERTURE, is set. The scaling filter value can be set in the range of 000 to 011. (Refer to the Supplement to APERTURE in the following paragraph.)

(24)APERTURE LOW

The scaling filter value when selecting LOW of the APERTURE, is set. The scaling filter value can be set in the range of 000 to 011. (Refer to the Supplement to APERTURE in the following paragraph.)

< Supplement to APERTURE > The

PFM-42B1/B1E

has the 12 different types of built-in scaling filter. Select an appropriate filter using the following filter characteristics chart as a guideline.

(18)PICTURE AGC

Whether the PICTURE AGC is turned ON or OFF is set. Result of this setting becomes the initial value of the user menu PICTURE AGC. This function becomes valid only when the COMPOSITE/YC/YUV signal is being received.

(19)ASPECT

The desired aspect ratio is selected from the aspect ratios of 4 x 3 or 16 x 9 or W ZOOM or LB ZOOM. Result of this setting becomes the initial value of the user menu ASPECT.

Note : The W ZOOM, can not be selected when the ZOOM is in the range of

x 2 to x 4.

3-10

Wide

(Sharp)

Frequency

bandwidth

Narrow

(Soft)

012345678910

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(25)AUTO PLL

Whether the user menu adjustment PIXEL ADJUST is enabled or disabled, is set. ON : The user menu adjustment PIXEL ADJUST is

enabled.

OFF : All items of the adjustment PIXEL ADJUST

show the indication [___]. The user menu adjustment PIXEL ADJUST is disabled.

Select the OFF position when the setup of the TOTAL H and that of RESOLUTION do not agree with specifications of the actual input signal.

(26)SYNC WIDTH (µs)

Sync pulse width of the horizontal sync signal is set in units of microseconds [µseconds]. This menu item is prepared for the purpose of stabilization of the sync signal separation circuit. Therefore, accurate setting is not necessarily needed. If the sync signal width is not known, select “Not set” (source data).

7. MAINTENANCE

Menu Structure

The data that is unique to the particular machine of the PFM-42B1/B1E

and the scan converter can be upgraded

using this menu.

MAINTENANCE

WATCH ERROR MODEL NAME SERIAL No. SC PROG LOAD

a) WATCH ERROR

Errors of the built-in watch IC can be corrected. To correct the error, enter the measurement value of the frequency counter that is connected. Range of adjustment is from 32761.85 Hz to 32774.25 Hz.

c) SAVE AREA SELECT

Menu Structure

The data that is copied in the Editing RAM, is saved in the preset area.

SAVE AREA SELECT

SAVE AREA DATA SAVE

: PROGRAM1

(1) Select the desired preset area to which the data is saved. (2) Execute to save the data.

(1) SAVE AREA SELECT

Select the desired preset area from Table 1 to which the content of the Editing RAM is saved.

(2) DATA SAVE

Execute to save the data to the preset area that is selected by the SAVE AREA SELECT. Change the item from CANCEL to EXECUTE. Then press ENTER.

b) MODEL NAME

Model name can be set.

c) SERIAL No.

Serial number can be set.

d) SC PROG LOAD

The built-in program of the scan converter can be modified using this menu item. Change the item from CANCEL to EXECUTE. Then press ENTER.

Watch Error Adjustment

Refer to section “3-6. Watch Error Adjustment”.

Note : Judgment whether the input signal agrees with the preset data or not,

is performed using the horizontal sync frequency, vertical sync frequency and polarity of the sync signals. If the same sync signal already exists in the preset area (Table 1), the specification that has the small preset No., has a higher priority.

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

3-11

8. STATUS/TEST

b) POWER SUPPLY

Menu Structure

The internal status of the

PFM-42B1/B1E

can be checked

and its functions can be checked using the STATUS/TEST

STATUS/TEST

SIGNAL/SYNC POWER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE FAN OTHERS SOFTWARE VERSION TEST FUNCTION

menu.

a) SIGNAL/SYNC

SIGNAL/SYNC

H FREQUENCY V FREQUENCY FORMAT SYNC POL (H/V)

STABLE INSECURE NO SYNC

: 31.47 [kHz] : 60.00 [Hz] : 640 x 480/60 : NEGA/NEGA

Horizontal frequency Vertical frequency Specifications of the signal Polarity of sync signal Status of sync signal

Information regarding the sync signal of the input signal is displayed.

POWER SUPPLY

PDP VS (HV) PDP VA (MV) DIGITAL 5V

: 160 [V] : 060 [V] : 4.9 [V]

The main DC power voltages of the displayed.

PDP drive voltage VS : High voltage power to PDP is displayed. PDP drive voltage VA : Medium voltage power to PDP is displayed. 5 V power for digital circuitry : Internal 5 V power is displayed.

c) TEMPERATURE

TEMPERATURE

PANEL BACK SIDE

• I/O BLOCK TOP

• CENTER

• DD CON TOP

• PANEL SIDE P/S INTERNAL

: 44 [°C] : 55 [°C] : 48 [°C] : 32 [°C] : OK

PDP drive voltage VS PDP drive voltage VA 5 V power for digital circuitry

PFM-42B

are

Horizontal frequency : Horizontal frequency of the input signal is displayed in four digits. Vertical frequency : Vertical frequency of the input signal is displayed in four digits. Specifications of the signal : Names of presets of the preset areas (Table 1) corresponding to input signal are displayed. Polarity of sync signal : Polarity of sync signal is displayed. Status of sync signal : Status of sync signal is displayed in cyan.

STABLE : Sync signal is stable. INSECURE : Sync signal is unstable. NO SYNC : Sync signal does not exist.

Internal temperature information of

PFM-42B1/B1E

displayed.

Temperature at the top on the rear of the panel : Temperatures upper side of the rear panel are displayed as follows.

I/O BLOCK SIDE : Temperature at the input/output

terminal board.

CENTER : Center temperature

PANEL SIDE : Left side of the set

DD CON TOP : Temperature at the DC-DC

converter Power supply internal temperature information : Temperature status inside the power supply block is displayed. The message OK appears when temperature is normal. The message NG appears when temperature is abnormal.

3-12

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

d) FAN

f) SOFTWARE VERSION

FAN

DRIVE CIRCUIT

• B BOARD

• P/S BLOCK TOP

• P/S BLOCK MID

• P/S BLOCK LOW L

• P/S BLOCK LOW R

• DD CON SIDE

• I/O BLOCK SIDE

: OK : OK : OK : OK : OK : OK : OK : OK

Fan drive circuit: Indicates the operating status of the fan control circuit. OK appears when the fan control circuit is operating normally. NG appears when the fan control circuit is defective.

P/S BLOCK TOP : Power supply block P/S BLOCK MID : Left side of the power supply

block

P/S BLOCK LOW L : Lower left side of the power

supply block

P/S BLOCK LOW R : Lower right side of the

power supply block DD CON SIDE : Lower left side I/O BLOCK SIDE :Lower right side

SOFTWARE VERSION

MAIN CPU SCAN CONVERTER

: Ver. 1.00 : Ver. 1.00

System controller Scan converter

Version of each software is displayed. System controller : Version of the main microprocessor is displayed. Scan converter : Version of the scan converter (IC207) is displayed.

g) TEST FUNCTION

TEST FUNCTION

FAN DRIVE BLUE ONLY

Fan operation check only Blue only

This is the test function.

e) OTHERS

OTHERS

EEPROM ID EEPROM SAVE EEPROM LOAD EEPROM ACK PW164 ACK RTC INITIALIZE RTC BATTERY RTC XTAL

: OK : OK : OK : OK : OK : OK : OK : OK

EEP ROM ID :ID code error EEP ROM SAVE :Data write error EEP ROM LOAD :Data read error EEP ROM ACK :Defective PW164 ACK :Communication error with scan

converter

RTC INITIALIZE :Time data initializatioin due to

abnormal register value RTC BATTTERY :Low backup voltage warning RTC XTAL : Warning due to stoppage of

crystal oscillator for watch

. Fan operation check only

FAN DRIVE

DRIVE DATA DRIVE VOLTAGE

: AUTO : 10783

: 08.9 [V]

Drive register data Actual drive voltage

When the FAN DRIVE is changed from AUTO to MANUAL, and ENTER is pressed, the DRIVE DATA indication changes to cyan. In this setup, the drive register value can be manually modified. When the drive register value is changed, the pulse width of the PWM signal in the fan voltage control PWM circuit is changed accordingly. Fans can be checked whether they operate normally or not by comparing the register value and the actual drive voltage, and by comparing the actual drive voltage and the actual operations of the fans. Variable range of the drive register value : 00000 to 16383

. Blue only

When Blue only is selected, all of the R, G and B colors become the blue data.

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

3-13

Table 1. EEPROM Configuration

Area Data Configuration Standard Value

COMMON EEPROM ID CODE Pass code for model ID

POWER OFF WIDE VGA OFF DISPLAY ON CLOSED CAPTION OFF COLOR SYSTEM AUTO SCREEN FILL CENTER POWER SAVING OFF ON/OFF TIMER OFF POWER ON TIME 0 POWER OFF TIME 0 PICTURE INVERSION OFF POWER OFF(INVERT) NO PICTURE ORBITING OFF ORBIT RANGE 5dot ORBIT CYCLE 10sec LANGUAGE ENGLISH INDEX NUMBER 1 REMOTE MODE TV REMOTE ONLY OFF MODEL NAME PFM-42B1 INPUT CHANNEL INPUT1 RGB OPERATION TIME 000000H SERIAL NUMBER 2000001 INPUT1 SW RGB INPUT2 SW RGB INPUT3 SW RGB VIDEO SW COMPOSITE AUTO ASPECT ON G CUTOFF SW ON AUTO PLL SETUP OFF AUTO PLL PIXEL ON H/V SHIFT EDGE VIDEO SHARP SW ON AUTO FT CANCEL ON WATCH ERROR 32768.05 Y GAIN 111 R-Y GAIN 82 B-Y GAIN 128 R CUTOFF 112 B CUTOFF 155 ADC R GAIN 128 ADC G GAIN 128 ADC B GAIN 128

Area Data Configuration Standard Value

COMMON ADC R OFFSET 128

ADC G OFFSET 128 ADC B OFFSET 128

COLOR TEMP

RED GAIN (HIGH) 255 GREEN GAIN (HIGH) 255 BLUE GAIN (HIGH) 255 RED GAIN (LOW) 255 GREEN GAIN (LOW) 255 BLUE GAIN (LOW) 255 RED GAIN (USER1) 255 GREEN GAIN (USER1) 255 BLUE GAIN (USER1) 255 RED GAIN (USER2) 255 GREEN GAIN (USER2) 255 BLUE GAIN (USER2) 255 RED GAIN (USER3) 255 GREEN GAIN (USER3) 255 BLUE GAIN (USER3) 255 RED GAIN (USER4) 255 GREEN GAIN (USER4) 255 BLUE GAIN (USER4) 255 RED GAIN (USER5) 255 GREEN GAIN (USER5) 255 BLUE GAIN (USER5) 255 RED GAIN (USER6) 255 GREEN GAIN (USER6) 255 BLUE GAIN (USER6) 255 NAME (HIGH) HIGH NAME (LOW) LOW NAME (USER1) 1 NAME (USER2) 2 NAME (USER3) 3 NAME (USER4) 4 NAME (USER5) 5 NAME (USER6) 6

3-14

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

Area Data Configuration Standard Value

PROG. PRESET

FIXED PRESET AREA21 640 x 350@70 PRESET PRESET AREA22 640 x 350@85

PRESET AREA23 640 x 400@85 PRESET AREA24 640 x 480@60 PRESET AREA25 MAC13 PRESET AREA26 640 x 480@72 PRESET AREA27 640 x 480@75 PRESET AREA28 640 x 480@85 PRESET AREA29 720 x 400@70 PRESET AREA30 720 x 400@85 PRESET AREA31 800 x 600@56 PRESET AREA32 800 x 600@60 PRESET AREA33 800 x 600@72 PRESET AREA34 800 x 600@75 PRESET AREA35 800 x 600@85 PRESET AREA36 MAC16 PRESET AREA37 1024 x 768@43 PRESET AREA38 1024 x 768@60 PRESET AREA39 1024 x 768@70 PRESET AREA40 1024 x 768@75 PRESET AREA41 1024 x 768@85 PRESET AREA42 1152 x 864@75 PRESET AREA43 MAC21 PRESET AREA44 1280 x 960@60 PRESET AREA45 1280 x 960@85

EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY

PRESET AREA46 1280 x 1024@60 PRESET AREA47 1280 x 1024@75 PRESET AREA48 1280 x 1024@85 PRESET AREA49 1600 x 1200@60 PRESET AREA50 575 x 50I PRESET AREA51 480 x 60I PRESET AREA52 575 x 50P PRESET AREA53 480 x 60P PRESET AREA54 1080 x 48I PRESET AREA55 1080 x 50I PRESET AREA56 1080 x 60I PRESET AREA57 1035 x60I PRESET AREA58 720 x 50P PRESET AREA59 720 x 60P PRESET AREA60 852 x 480@60 PRESET AREA61 856 x 480@60 PRESET AREA62 856 x 480@60 PRESET AREA63 856 x 480@60 PRESET AREA64 1024 x 1024@60 PRESET AREA65 1280 x 768@56 PRESET AREA66 Line Doubler 575 x 50I (YUV) PRESET AREA67 Line Doubler 480 x 60I (YUV) PRESET AREA68 Line Doubler NTSC (LINE) PRESET AREA69 Line Doubler PAL (LINE) PRESET AREA70 Line Doubler SECAM (LINE) PRESET AREA71 Line Doubler 443NT (LINE) PRESET AREA72 Line Doubler PAL60 (LINE) PRESET AREA73 Line Doubler PAL-M (LINE) PRESET AREA74 Line Doubler NTSC (Y/C) PRESET AREA75 Line Doubler PAL (Y/C) PRESET AREA76 Line Doubler SECAM (Y/C) PRESET AREA77 Line Doubler 443NT (Y/C) PRESET AREA78 Line Doubler PAL60 (Y/C) PRESET AREA79 Line Doubler PAL-M (Y/C)

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

3-15

Area Data Configuration Standard Value

LAST MEMORY

PRESET AREA 1 (PROGRAM 1) PRESET AREA 2 (PROGRAM 2) PRESET AREA 3 (PROGRAM 3) PRESET AREA 4 (PROGRAM 4) PRESET AREA 5 (PROGRAM 5) PRESET AREA 6 (PROGRAM 6) PRESET AREA 7 (PROGRAM 7) PRESET AREA 8 (PROGRAM 8) PRESET AREA 9 (PROGRAM 9) PRESET AREA10 (PROGRAM10) PRESET AREA11 (PROGRAM11) PRESET AREA12 (PROGRAM12) PRESET AREA13 (PROGRAM13) PRESET AREA14 (PROGRAM14) PRESET AREA15 (PROGRAM15) PRESET AREA16 (PROGRAM16) PRESET AREA17 (PROGRAM17) PRESET AREA18 (PROGRAM18) PRESET AREA19 (PROGRAM19) PRESET AREA20 (PROGRAM20) PRESET AREA21 EMPTY PRESET AREA22 EMPTY PRESET AREA23 EMPTY PRESET AREA24 EMPTY PRESET AREA25 EMPTY PRESET AREA26 EMPTY PRESET AREA27 EMPTY PRESET AREA28 EMPTY PRESET AREA29 EMPTY PRESET AREA30 EMPTY PRESET AREA31 EMPTY PRESET AREA32 EMPTY PRESET AREA33 EMPTY PRESET AREA34 EMPTY PRESET AREA35 EMPTY PRESET AREA36 EMPTY PRESET AREA37 EMPTY PRESET AREA38 EMPTY PRESET AREA39 EMPTY PRESET AREA40 EMPTY PRESET AREA41 EMPTY PRESET AREA42 EMPTY PRESET AREA43 EMPTY PRESET AREA44 EMPTY PRESET AREA45 EMPTY

EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY

PRESET AREA46 EMPTY PRESET AREA47 EMPTY PRESET AREA48 EMPTY PRESET AREA49 EMPTY PRESET AREA50 EMPTY PRESET AREA51 EMPTY PRESET AREA52 EMPTY PRESET AREA53 EMPTY PRESET AREA54 EMPTY PRESET AREA55 EMPTY PRESET AREA56 EMPTY PRESET AREA57 EMPTY PRESET AREA58 EMPTY PRESET AREA59 EMPTY PRESET AREA60 EMPTY PRESET AREA61 EMPTY PRESET AREA62 EMPTY PRESET AREA63 EMPTY PRESET AREA64 EMPTY PRESET AREA65 EMPTY PRESET AREA66 EMPTY PRESET AREA67 EMPTY PRESET AREA68 EMPTY PRESET AREA69 EMPTY PRESET AREA70 EMPTY PRESET AREA71 EMPTY PRESET AREA72 EMPTY PRESET AREA73 EMPTY PRESET AREA74 EMPTY

3-16

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

Area Data Configuration Standard Value

USER MEMORY No.1 EMPTY MEMORY MEMORY No.2 EMPTY

MEMORY No.3 EMPTY MEMORY No.4 EMPTY MEMORY No.5 EMPTY MEMORY No.6 EMPTY MEMORY No.7 EMPTY MEMORY No.8 EMPTY MEMORY No.9 EMPTY MEMORY No.10 EMPTY MEMORY No.11 EMPTY MEMORY No.12 EMPTY MEMORY No.13 EMPTY MEMORY No.14 EMPTY MEMORY No.15 EMPTY MEMORY No.16 EMPTY MEMORY No.17 EMPTY MEMORY No.18 EMPTY MEMORY No.19 EMPTY MEMORY No.20 EMPTY NAME (No.1) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.2) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.3) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.4) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.5) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.6) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.7) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.8) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.9) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.10) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.11) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.12) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.13) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.14) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.15) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.16) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.17) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.18) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.19) • • • • • • • • • • NAME (No.20) • • • • • • • • • •

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

3-17

Table 2. Factory Preset Data

AREA 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 NAME VGA-1 VESA640x350 VESA640x400 VGA Mac13" ASPECT 4 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 3 SHARPNES MID MID MID MID MID MID MID MID TOTAL H PIXEL 800 832 832 800 864 832 840 832

AREA 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 NAME VGA (TEXT) ASPECT 4 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 3 SHARPNES MID MID MID MID MID MID MID MID TOTAL H PIXEL 900 936 1024 1056 1040 1056 1048 1152

AREA 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 NAME ASPECT 4 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 3 SHARPNES MID MID MID MID MID MID MID MID TOTAL H PIXEL 1344 1328 1312 1376 1600 1456 1800 1728

AREA 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 NAME ASPECT 4 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 34 x 3 SHARPNES MID MID MID MID LOW LOW MID MID TOTAL H PIXEL 1688 1688 1728 2160 _ _ 1266 800

VESA1024x768@60 VESA1024x768@70 VESA1024x768@75 VESA1024x768@85 VESA1152x864@75

VESA1280x1024@60 VESA1280x1024@75 VESA1280x1024@85 VESA1600x1200@60

VESA720x400@85 VESA800x600@56 VESA800x600@60 VESA800x600@72 VESA800x600@75 VESA800x600@85

575/50I 480/60I 575/50P 480/60P

VESA640x480@72 VESA640x480@75 VESA640x480@85

Mac16"

Mac21"

VESA1280x960@60 VESA1280x960@85

AREA 54 55 56 59 60 61 62 63 NAME 1080/48I 1080/50I 1080/60I 720/60P 852x480@60 ASPECT 16 x 9 16 x 9 16 x 9 16 x 9 16 x 9 16 x 9 16 x 9 16 x 9 SHARPNES MID MID MID MID MID MID MID MID TOTAL H PIXEL 1462 1410 1190 1650 1072 1112 1048 1048

856x480@60 STD 856x480@60 F60 856x480@60 WPS

3-18

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

Table 3. Preset Timing

AREA 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 NAME VGA-1 VESA640x350 VESA640x400 VGA Mac13" RESOLUTION 640 x 350 640 x 350 640 x 400 640 x 480 640 x 480 640 x 480 640 x 480 640 x 480 CLOCK 25.175 MHz 31.5 MHz 31.5 MHz 25.175 MHz 30.24 MHz 31.5 MHz 31.5 MHz 36 MHz HORIZONTAL H.FREQ 31.469 kHz 37.861 kHz 37.861 kHz 31.469 kHz 35 kHz 37.861 kHz 37.5 kHz 43.269 kHz

µsec dots µsec dots µse c dots µsec dots µsec dots µsec dots µsec dots µsec dots H.TOTAL 31.77 800 26.413 832 26.413 832 31.778 800 28.571 864 26.413 832 26.667 840 23.111 832 H.BLK 6.356 160 6.09 192 6.095 192 6.356 160 7.407 224 6.096 192 6.35 200 5.334 192 H.FP 0.318 8 1.015 32 1.016 32 0.636 16 2.116 64 0.762 24 0.508 16 1.556 56 H.SYNC 3.813 96 2.032 64 2.032 64 3.813 96 2.116 64 1.27 40 2.032 64 1.556 56 H.BP 2.225 56 3.048 96 3.048 96 1.907 48 3.175 96 4.064 16 3.81 120 2.222 80 H.ACTIVE 25.422 640 20.317 640 20.317 640 25.422 640 21.164 640 20.317 640 20.317 640 17.778 640 VERTICAL V.FREQ 70.086 Hz 85.08 Hz 85.08 Hz 59.94 Hz 66.67 Hz 72.809 Hz 75 Hz 85.008 Hz

msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines V.TOTAL 14.265 449 11.754 445 11.754 445 16.683 525 15 525 13.735 520 13.333 500 11.764 509 V.BLK 3.145 99 2.509 95 1.189 45 1.43 45 1.286 45 1.055 40 0.534 20 0.67 29 V.FP 0.984 31 0.845 32 0.026 1 0.318 10 0.086 3 0.237 9 0.027 1 0.023 1 V.SYNC 0.063 2 0.079 3 0.079 3 0.064 2 0.086 3 0.079 3 0.08 3 0.069 3 V.BP 2.097 66 1.585 60 1.083 41 1.049 33 1.114 39 0.739 28 0.427 16 0.578 25 V.ACTIVE 11.119 350 9.243 350 10.565 400 15.253 480 13.714 480 12.678 480 12.8 480 11.093 480 SYNC SOG YES EXT(H/V) (+/_)(+/_)(_/+)(_/_)(_/_)(_/_)(_/_)(_/_) EXT(COMP) COMP VIDEO VIDEO LEVEL 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V SYNC LEVEL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL

VESA640x480@72 VESA640x480@75 VESA640x480@85

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

3-19

AREA 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 NAME VGA(TEXT) RESOLUTION 720 x 400 720 x 400 800 x 600 800 x 600 800 x 600 800 x 600 800 x 600 832 x 624 CLOCK 28.332 MHz 35.5 MHz 36 MHz 40 MHz 50 MHz 49.5 MHz 56.25 MHz 57.285 MHz HORIZONTAL H.FREQ 31.469 kHz 37.927 kHz 35.156 kHz 37.879 kHz 48.077 kHz 46.875 kHz 53.674 kHz 49.727 kHz

µsec dots µsec dots µsec dots µsec dots µsec dots µsec dots µsec dots µsec dots H.TOTAL 31.766 900 26.366 936 28.444 1024 26.4 1056 20.8 1040 21.333 1056 18.631 1048 20.11 1152 H.BLK 6.353 180 6.084 216 6.223 224 6.4 256 4.8 240 5.171 256 4.409 248 5.586 320 H.FP 0.635 18 1.014 36 0.667 24 1 40 1.12 56 0.323 16 0.569 32 0.559 32 H.SYNC 3.812 108 2.028 72 2 72 3.2 128 2.4 120 1.616 80 1.138 64 1.117 64 H.BP 1.906 54 3.042 108 3.556 128 2.2 88 1.28 64 3.232 160 2.702 152 3.91 224 H.ACTIVE 25.413 720 20.282 720 22.222 800 20 800 16 800 16.162 800 14.222 800 14.524 832 VERTICAL V.FREQ 70.111 Hz 85.039 Hz 56.25 Hz 60.317 Hz 72.188 Hz 75 Hz 85.061 Hz 74.553 Hz

msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines V.TOTAL 14.263 449 11.759 446 17.778 625 16.579 628 13.853 666 13.333 625 11.756 631 13.413 667 V.BLK 1.557 49 1.212 46 0.711 25 0.739 28 1.373 66 0.533 25 0.578 31 0.865 43 V.FP 0.381 12 0.026 1 0.028 1 0.026 1 0.77 37 0.021 1 0.019 1 0.06 3 V.SYNC 0.064 2 0.079 3 0.057 2 0.106 4 0.125 6 0.064 3 0.056 3 0.06 3 V.BP 1.112 35 1.107 42 0.626 22 0.607 23 0.478 23 0.448 21 0.503 27 0.744 37 V.ACTIVE 12.706 400 10.546 400 17.067 600 15.84 600 12.48 600 12.8 600 11.179 600 12.549 624 SYNC SOG EXT(H/V) (_/+)(_/+)(+/+)(+/+)(+/+)(+/+)(+/+)(_/_) EXT(COMP) COMP VIDEO VIDEO LEVEL 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V SYNC LEVEL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL

VESA720x400@85VESA800x 600@56VESA800x 600@60 VESA800x600@72 VESA800x600@75 VESA800x600@85

Mac16"

3-20

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

AREA 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 NAME RESOLUTION 1024 x 768 1024 x 768 1024 x 768 1024 x 768 1152 x 864 1152 x 870 1280 x 960 1280 x 960 CLOCK 65 MHz 75 MHz 78.75 MHz 94.5 MHz 108 MHz 100 MHz 108 MHz 148.5 MHz HORIZONTAL H.FREQ 48.363 kHz 56.476 kHz 60.023 kHz 68.677 kHz 67.5 kHz 68.681 kHz 60 kHz 85.938 kHz

H.TOTAL 20.677 1344 17.707 1328 16.66 1312 14.561 1376 14.815 1600 14.56 1456 16.667 1800 11.636 1728 H.BLK 4.923 320 4.053 304 3.657 288 3.725 352 4.148 448 3.04 304 4.815 520 3.016 448 H.FP 0.369 24 0.32 24 0.203 16 0.508 48 0.593 64 0.32 32 0.889 96 0.431 64 H.SYNC 2.092 136 1.813 136 1.219 96 1.016 96 1.185 128 1.28 128 1.037 112 1.077 160 H.BP 2.462 160 1.92 144 2.235 176 2.201 208 2.37 256 1.44 144 2.889 312 1.508 224 H.ACTIVE 15.754 1024 13.653 1024 13.003 1024 10.836 1024 10.667 1152 11.52 1152 11.852 1280 8.62 1280 VERTICAL V.FREQ 60.004 Hz 70.069 Hz 75.029 Hz 84.997 Hz 75 Hz 75.061 Hz 60 Hz 85.002 Hz

V.TOTAL 16.666 806 14.272 806 13.328 800 11.765 808 13.333 900 13.323 915 16.667 1000 11.764 1011 V.BLK 0.786 38 0.672 38 0.533 32 0.583 40 0.533 36 0.655 45 0.667 40 0.594 51 V.FP 0.062 3 0.053 3 0.017 1 0.015 1 0.015 1 0.044 3 0.017 1 0.012 1 V.SYNC 0.124 6 0.106 6 0.05 3 0.044 3 0.044 3 0.044 3 0.05 3 0.035 3 V.BP 0.6 29 0.513 29 0.466 28 0.524 36 0.474 32 0.568 39 0.6 36 0.547 47 V.ACTIVE 15.88 768 13.599 768 12.795 768 11.183 768 12.8 864 12.67 870 16 960 11.171 960 SYNC SOG EXT(H/V) (_/_)(_/_)(+/+)(+/+)(+/+)(_/_)(+/+)(+/+) EXT(COMP) COMP VIDEO VIDEO LEVEL 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V SYNC LEVEL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL

VESA1024x768@60 VESA1024x768@70 VESA1024x768@75 VESA1024x768@85 VESA1152x864@75

µsec dots µsec dots µse c dots µsec dots µsec dots µsec dots µsec dots µsec dots

msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines

Mac21"

VESA1280x960@60 VESA1280x960@85

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

3-21

AREA 46 47 48 49 50 51 NAME RESOLUTION 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024 1600 x 1200 932 x 573 753 x 483 CLOCK 108 MHz 135 MHz 157.5 MHz 162 MHz 17.75 MHz 14.318 MHz HORIZONTAL H.FREQ 63.981 kHz 79.976 kHz 91.146 kHz 75 kHz 15.625 kHz 15.734 kHz

H.TOTAL 15.63 1688 12.504 1688 10.971 1728 13.333 2160 64 1136 63.556 910 H.BLK 3.777 408 3.023 408 2.844 448 3.457 560 12 213 10.9 156 H.FP 0.444 48 0.119 16 0.406 64 0.395 64 1.5 26 1.5 22 H.SYNC 1.037 112 1.067 144 1.016 160 1.185 192 4.7 84 4.7 67 H.BP 2.296 248 1.837 248 1.422 224 1.877 304 5.8 103 4.7 67 H.ACTIVE 11.852 1280 9.481 1280 8.127 1280 9.877 1600 52 923 52.656 754 VERTICAL V.FREQ 60.02 Hz 75.025 Hz 85.024 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 59.94 Hz

V.TOTAL 16.661 1066 13.329 1066 11.761 1072 16.667 1250 20 312.5 16.683 262.5 V.BLK 0.657 42 0.526 42 0.527 48 0.666 50 1.632 25.5 1.303 20.5 V.FP 0.016 1 0.013 1 0.011 1 0.013 1 0.192 3 0.254 4 V.SYNC 0.047 3 0.038 3 0.033 3 0.04 3 0.16 2.5 0.191 3 V.BP 0.594 38 0.475 38 0.483 44 0.613 46 1.28 20 0.858 13.5 V.ACTIVE 16.005 1024 12.804 1024 11.235 1024 16 1200 18.368 287 15.381 245 SYNC SOG EXT(H/V) (+/+)(+/+)(+/+)(+/+) EXT(COMP) COMP VIDEO YES YES VIDEO LEVEL 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.714V 0.700V 0.714V SYNC LEVEL TTL TTL TTL TTL 0.300V 0.286V

VESA1280x1024@60 VESA1280x1024@75 VESA1280x 1024@85 VESA1600x1200@60

µsec dots µsec dots µse c dots µsec dots µsec dots µsec dots

msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines msec lines

PAL NTSC

3-22

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

AREA 52 53 54 55 56 59 TIMING 575/50P 480/60P 1080/48I 1080/50I 1080/60I 720/60P DOT CLK H PERIOD H DISP H SYNC H BACK P H DS H DW H FREQ SCAN PROG PROG I&V I&V I&V PROG V TOTAL V SYNC SERRATION EQP ON/OFF ON OFF ON ON ON OFF EQP FP EQP BP V DISP V BACK P V DS V D LINE V FREQ OUTPUT ANALOG ANALOG HDTV1(2) HDTV1(2) HDTV1(2) HDTV1(2) ASPECT 4:3 4:3 16:9 16:9 16:9 16:9

72.00MHz 13.889nsec 54.00MHz 18.519nsec 74.25MHz 13.469nsec 74.25MHz 13.469nsec 74.25MHz 13.469nsec 74.25MHz 13.469nsec

32.001µsec 2304dots 31.779µsec 1716dots 37.040µsec 2750dots 35.559µsec 2640dots 29.632µsec 2200dots 22.224µsec 1650dots

26.001µsec 1872dots 26.668µsec 1440dots 25.861µsec 1920dots 25.861µsec 1920dots 25.861µsec 1920dots 17.241µsec 1280dots

2.362µsec 170dots 2.371µsec 128dots 0.593µsec 44dots 0.593µsec 44dots 0.593µsec 44dots 0.539µsec 40dots

2.889µsec 208dots 2.149µsec 116dots 2.587µsec 192dots 2.587µsec 192dots 2.587µsec 192dots 3.502µsec 260dots

0.000µsec 0dots 0.000µsec 0dots 0.593µsec 44dots 0.593µsec 44dots 0.593µsec 44dots 0.539µsec 40dots

2.334µsec 168dots 2.371µsec 128dots 0.593µsec 44dots 0.054µsec 4dots 0.593µsec 44dots 0.539µsec 40dots

31.250kHz 32.000µsec 31.469kHz 31.778µsec 27.000kHz 37.038µsec 28.125kHz 35.556µsec 33.750kHz 29.630µsec 45.000kHz 22.223µsec

20.000msec 625H 16.684msec 525H 20.834msec 562(562.5) 20.000msec 562(562.5) 16.667msec 562(562.5) 16.667msec 750H

0.089msec 3H 0.178msec 6H 0.186msec 5H 0.178msec 5H 0.149msec 5H 0.149msec 5H

0.015msec 0.5H 0.030msec 1H 0.019msec 0.5H 0.018msec 0.5H 0.015msec 0.5H 0.030msec 1H

0.089msec 3H 0.000msec 0H 0.019msec 0.5H 0.018msec 0.5H 0.015msec 0.5H 0.000msec 0H

0.060msec 2H 0.000msec 0H 0.019msec 0.5H 0.018msec 0.5H 0.015msec 0.5H 0.000msec 0H

17.038msec 575H 14.312msec 483H 20.001msec 540H 19.201msec 540H 16.001msec 540H 21.334msec 720H

1.245msec 42H 0.889msec 30H 0.556msec 15H 0.534msec 15H 0.445msec 15H 0.593msec 20H

0.000msec 0H 0.000msec 0H 0.038msec 1H 0.036msec 1H 0.030msec 1H 0.030msec 1H

0.089msec 3H 0.089msec 3H 0.186msec 5H 0.178msec 5H 0.149msec 5H 0.149msec 5H 50Hz 20.000msec 60Hz 16.684msec 48Hz 20.834msec 50Hz 20.000msec 60Hz 16.667msec 60Hz 16.667msec

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

3-23

AREA 60 61 62 63 Resolution 852 x 480 856 x 480 at 60Hz 856 x 480 at 60Hz 856 x 480 at 60Hz Pixel Clock 34.0252 [MHz] 33.627 [MHz] 31.500 [MHz] 31.500 [MHz]

Horizontal Frequency 31.740 [kHz] 30.240 [kHz] 30.057 [kHz] 30.057 [kHz] Vertical Frequency 60.000 [Hz] 60.000 [Hz] 59.637 [Hz] 60.115 [Hz] Horizontal Sync Polarity NEGATIVE NEGATIVE (selectable) NEGATIVE (selectable) NEGATIVE (selectable) Vertical Sync Polarity NEGATIVE NEGATIVE (selectable) NEGATIVE (selectable) NEGATIVE (selectable) Scan Type PROGRESSIVE PROGRESSIVE PROGRESSIVE PROGRESSIVE

Horizontal Pixels µsec Pixels µsec Pixels µsec Pixels µsec Total 1072 31.506 1112 33.069 1048 33.270 1048 33.270 Active 852 25.040 856 25.456 856 27.175 856 27.175 Sync 128 3.762 104 3.093 64 2.032 64 2.032 Front Porch 28 0.823 48 1.427 32 1.016 32 1.016 Back Porch 64 1.881 104 3.093 96 3.048 96 3.048

31.506 33.069 33.270 33.270 Vertical Lines msec Lines msec Lines msec Lines msec Total 529 16.667 504 16.667 504 16.768 500 16.635 Active 480 15.123 480 15.873 480 15.970 480 15.970 Sync 3 0.095 3 0.099 3 0.100 8 0.266 Front Porch 12 0.378 1 0.033 1 0.033 1 0.033 Back Porch 34 1.071 20 0.661 20 0.665 11 0.366

3-24

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

3-3. White Balance Adjustment

3-4. A/D Calibration Adjustment

1. Switch the WINDOW to either TYPE1 or TYPE2.

2. Select the COLOR TEMP “HIGH”.

3. Select RED GAIN and GREEN GAIN. Perform the white balance adjustment until the color temperature satisfies the specifications of 9300 K. Set BLUE GAIN to 255 normally.

4. Select the COLOR TEMP “LOW”.

5. Using BLUE GAIN, RED GAIN and GREEN GAIN, perform the white balance adjustment until the color temperature satisfies the specifications of 6500 K.

Note : When the white balance at 6500 K cannot be obtained by any means,

decrement the BLUE GAIN by 16 steps and repeat the adjustment of step 5).

6. Switch the WINDOW to OFF.

1. Connect the VGA (640 x 480@60) signal to the INPUT1 connector.

2. Connect the cross-hatch signal to the INPUT connector. Execute the AUTO item of the PIXEL ADJUST.

3. Select the video signal of the 10 % flat field pattern.

4. Set the CAL mode to ON.

5. Check the following values that are shown in the bottom of the menu in cyan. R : XXX / G : XXX / B : XXX Adjust RED BIAS and BLUE BIAS until the following two equations are satisfied. (G value _1) < R value < (G value +1) and (G value _1) < B value < (G value +1) (Do not adjust GREEN BIAS.)

6. Select the video signal of the maximum brightness 90 % gray scale pattern. (Select the gray scale pattern that has the left half of display in black and the right half of display in white.)

7. Check the following values that are shown in the bottom of the menu in cyan. R : XXX / G : XXX / B : XXX Adjust RED BIAS and BLUE BIAS until the following two equations are satisfied. (G value _1) < R value < (G value +1) and (G value _1) < B value < (G value +1) (Do not adjust GREEN BIAS.)

8. Set the CAL mode to OFF.

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

3-25

3-5. Video Processor Adjustment

3-6. Watch Error Adjustment

YUV Level Check and Adjustment

Note: Be sure to use the Z MOUNT (extension board).

1. Connect the YUV 480/60 signal to the INPUT-1 connector.

2. Select the color bar signal.

3. Measure the voltage waveform at pin-14 of IC1003 on the B board with an oscilloscope. Confirm that amplitude of the signal portion excluding the sync signal is in the range of 600 mV ± 5%. (If the video signal excluding sync is outside the specifications, adjust the video signal level using the Y GAIN.)

4. Measure the voltage waveform at pin-15 of IC1003 with an oscilloscope. Confirm that the R-Y signal has the following amplitude. 580 mV ± 5 % (If the R-Y signal is outside the specifications, adjust the R-Y signal level using the R-Y GAIN.)

5. Measure the voltage waveform at pin-4 of IC1003 with an oscilloscope. Confirm that the B-Y signal has the following amplitude. 700 mV ± 5 % (If the B-Y signal is outside the specifications, adjust the B-Y signal level using the B-Y GAIN.)

1. Connect the jig circuit as shown in Fig. (b) and a frequency counter to the B board CN18.

2. Enter the measurement value on a frequency counter in the WATCH ERROR.

WATCH ERROR Jig Circuit

1 2 3

Fig. (b)

CN18

VCC

CLOCK

GND

10kΩ

Frequency counter

Cutoff Adjustment

1. Connect the Y signal of the 525/60 signal to the Y input only of the YUV input connector.

2. Select the gray scale signal.

3. Observe the dark area of display screen. Adjust R CUTOFF and B CUTOFF until the dark area has completely no color at all.

3-26

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

3-7. Switching Regulator

(APS-132 M Board) Adjustments

3-7-4. VA System Minimum Frequency

Adjustment

3-7-1. Preparation

1. Remove the switching regulator from the set, and adjust it under no load.

2. If adjusting the switching regulator with each output loaded, set as follows.

. Load on each output

Output Pin No. MIN MAX

VCC CN4 1 pin 1.0 A 5.0 A

VS CN5 2 pin 0.5 A 1.7 A VA CN5 5 pin 0.5 A 1.5 A

AUDIO +B CN6 3 pin 0.05 A 1.0 A

STBY +5 V CN7 2 pin 0.2 A 0.3 A

5VD CN7 5 pin 1.2 A 1.8 A

6.2 V CN7 8 pin 0.6 A 1.0 A

13.5 V CN7 != pin 0.5 A 1.0 A 13 V CN7 !] pin 0.4 A 1.0 A

3-7-2. 13 V System Minimum Frequency

Adjustment

1. Apply 18 V DC to both ends of C169.

2. Connect a frequency counter between gate and source of Q153.

Note : As the input of frequency counter, use 10 : 1 oscilloscope probes and

raise the input impedance.

3. Adjust the RV150 so that the oscillation frequency is 93 ± 0.5 kHz.

3-7-3. VS System Minimum Frequency

Adjustment

1. Short between pin-3 and pin-4 of PH501.

2. Apply 18 V DC to both ends of C169.

3. Connect a frequency counter between gate and source of Q503.

Note : As the input of frequency counter, use 10 : 1 oscilloscope probes and

raise the input impedance.

1. Short between pin-3 and pin-4 of PH701.

2. Apply 18 V DC to both ends of C169.

3. Connect a frequency counter between gate and source of Q703.

Note : As the input of frequency counter, use 10 : 1 oscilloscope probes and

raise the input impedance.

4. Adjust the RV700 so that the oscillation frequency is 65 ± 0.5 kHz.

3-7-5. PFC Voltage Adjustment

1. Set the load on each output to the minimum.

2. Apply 100 V AC.

3. Turn the STBY signal ON. (short between CN7 pin-1 and pin-2).

4. Adjust the RV300 so that the voltage across C115 is 385 ± 2 V.

3-7-6. 5 V Adjustment

1. Set the load on each output to the minimum.

2. Apply 100 V AC.

3. Adjust the RV201 so that the voltage of STBY +5 V output (between CN7 pin-2 and pin-6) is 5.12 ± 0.03 V.

3-7-7. 13.5 V Adjustment

1. Set the load on each output to the minimum.

2. Apply 100 V AC.

3. Turn the STBY signal ON. (short between CN7 pin-1 and pin-2).

4. Adjust the RV250 so that the voltage of 13.5 V output (between CN7 pin-12 and pin-11) satisfies

13.7 ± 0.05 V.

4. Adjust the RV500 so that the oscillation frequency is

49 ± 0.5 kHz.

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

3-27

3-7-8. VS Adjustment

3-7-10.VA Adjustment

1. Open the load on VS and VA outputs, and set the load on the other outputs to the minimum.

2. Apply 100 V AC.

3. Turn the STBY signal ON (short between CN7 pin-1 and pin-2), and also the VRR signal ON (short between CN4 pin-7 and CN7 pin-2).

4. Apply 0 V DC to the VRS (CN4 pin-3). Use CN4 pin-4 as GND.

5. Adjust the RV402 so that the voltage of VS output (between CN5 pin-2 and pin-6) is about 149 V.

6. Adjust the RV400 so that the voltage satisfies 149.2 V.

7. Adjust the RV402 so that the voltage satisfies 150 ± 0.1 V.

8. Apply 2 V DC to the VRS.

9. Check that the voltage satisfies 170 ± 0.3 V. If the measured value is out of the range, repeat the above steps from 4, where in step 6, shift the adjustment value a little, then check the voltage.

3-7-9. VS OCP

1. Set the load on each output to the minimum.

2. Apply 100 V AC.

3. Turn the STBY signal ON (short between CN7 pin-1 and pin-2), and also the VRR signal ON (short between CN4 pin-7 and CN7 pin-2).

4. Apply 0 V DC to the VRS (CN4 pin-3). Use CN4 pin-4 as GND.

5. Connect a voltmeter to the VS output (between CN5 pin-2 and pin-6).

6. Set the load on VS output to 3.8 A, and rotate the RV401 until the output voltage varies.

Note : Be careful, not to turn excssively, because power can not be

obtained.

1. Open the load on VS and VA outputs, and set the load on the other outputs to the minimum.

2. Apply 100 V AC.

3. Turn the STBY signal ON (short between CN7 pin-1 and pin-2), and also the VRR signal ON (short between CN4 pin-7 and CN7 pin-2).

4. Apply 0 V DC to the VRA (CN4 pin-5). Use CN4 pin-6 as GND.

5. Adjust the RV602 so that the voltage of VA output (between CN5 pin-5 and pin-1) is about 49 V.

6. Adjust the RV600 so that the voltage satisfies 49.2 V.

7. Adjust the RV602 so that the voltage satisfies 50 ± 0.1 V.

8. Apply 2 V DC to the VRA.

9. Check that the voltage satisfies 70 ± 0.3 V. If the measured value is out of the range, repeat the above steps from 4, where in step 6, shift the adjustment value a little, then check the voltage.

Note : As the output voltage varies according to the voltage applied to the

VRA, do not shift the applied voltage (2 V DC).

3-7-11.VA OCP

1. Set the load on each output to the minimum.

2. Apply 100 V AC.

3. Turn the STBY signal ON (short between CN7 pin-1 and pin-2), and also the VRR signal ON (short between CN4 pin-7 and CN7 pin-2).

4. Apply 0 V DC to the VRA (CN4 pin-5). Use CN4 pin-6 as GND.

5. Connect a voltmeter to the VA output (between CN5 pin-5 and pin-1).

6. Set the load on VA output to 4.4 A, and rotate the RV601 until the output voltage varies.

Note : Be careful, not to turn excssively, because power can not be

obtained.

3-28

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

Section 4

Trouble Shooting

4-1. Judging Method When Image Does

Not Appear

1. Flow chart

Picture does not appear

Check the indication on the indicator

in the lower right of the front panel. (STAND BY)

STBY LED flashes

12 123

0.3 0.3

2 times

3 times

4 times

5 times

6 times

X SUS

Y SUS

Center

Digital

PANEL

TEMP (DD CON)

TEMP (I/O Block)

TEMP

FAIL (PDP)

When the STBY LED does not flash, the power supply circuit is defective.

2. How to find PDP unit trouble

1) The power must be supplied normally to the PDP unit. This power is supplied through two black 8-pin connectors from the power unit. The kinds of power supply are 160 V line, 60 V line, and 5 V line.

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

2) As input signals, H.SYNC (negative polarity), V.SYNC (negative polarity), BLANKING (negative polarity), CLOCK and RGB digital data (8 bit x 3) must be entered normally and DISPEN must be “high”.

If no images appears through the above conditions are satisfied, the PDP unit will be defective.

4-1

4-2. Self Diagnosis Function

4-2-1. Outline

The PFM-42B1/B1E has the self diagnosis function using A/D converter to detect the power supply analog voltages, 8 channels of temperature sensor, fan operations, power unit temperature, DC voltage status, and to check the EEPROM and the watch register. When any abnormality occurs or defect is detected, the standby indicator on the control panel flashes and the detected data is displayed on the service menu [STATUS/TEST] block. If the abnormal status exceeds the allowable limit, the PFM-42B1/B1E is forced to shut down.

The detection items are shown as follows.

1. Increase and decrease of the panel DC voltage Vs is detected.

2. Increase and decrease of the panel DC voltage Va is detected.

3. Increase of temperature at the I/O block on top of the panel is detected. Shut down of machine.

4. Increase of temperature at the center in the top of the panel is detected. Shut down of machine.

5. Increase of temperature at the DC-DC converter on top of the panel is detected. Shut down of machine.

6. Temperature at the left side of the panel is detected.

7. Detection of fan stop and that of drive circuit failure. * Two fans at the bottom of the panel and the four fans

for power supply circuit. One fan in the I/O block.

8. Detection of temperature rise in the power supply block.

9. Shut down when the 5 V for internal digital circuit has abnormality.

10. Detection of failure of the EEPROM.

11. Detection of abnormality in communication with scan converter.

12. Detection of failure in the ON/OFF control of power supply.

13. Detection of decreased backup power supply voltage for watch and detection of abnormality in oscillator.

14. Detection of PDP failure using the combination of the voltage detection and shut down of the machine.

4-2-2. Criteria for Judgment of Abnormality

Increase and decrease of the panel DC voltage Vs is detected. (Name of this function on the service menu : POWER SUPPLY - PDP VS)

The normal operating range is + 160 V + 24 V/_ 22 V. Warning of increase of the voltage Vs when 184 V or more. Warning of decrease of the voltage Vs when 138 V or less.

Increase and decrease of the panel DC voltage Va is detected. (Name of this function on the service menu : POWER SUPPLY - PDP VA) The normal operating range is + 60 V + 15 V/_ 14 V. Warning of increase of the voltage Va when 75 V or more. Warning of decrease of the voltage Va when 46 V or less.

3. Increase of temperature at the top of the I/O block the top of the panel is detected and shut down of the machine. (Name of this function on the service menu : TEMPERATURE - I/O BLOCK TOP) The normal operating range is up to 79 °C. Warning of high temperature when 80 °C or higher. Shut down at the temperature of 85 °C or higher .

4. Increase of temperature at the center in the top of the panel is detected and shut down of the machine. (Name of this function on the service menu : TEMPERATURE - CENTER) The normal operating range is up to 74 °C. Warning of high temperature when 75 °C or higher. Shut down at the temperature of 80 °C or higher .

5. Increase of temperature at the rear of the PDP and DCDC converter block is detected.

(Name of this function on the service menu : TEMPERATURE - DD CON TOP) The normal operating range is up to 84 °C. Warning of high temperature when 85 °C or higher . Shut down at the temperature of 90 °C or higher.

4-2

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

6. Detection of at the left side of panel temperature (Name of this function on the service menu : TEMPERATURE - PANEL SIDE) Occurrence of abnormality and fault is judged solely from the internal temperature of the PFM-42B1/B1E. Measurement of the ambient temperature aims mainly at the confirmation of the operating environment. Therefore, there is no chance to indicate this warning message. Warning of high temperature at 85 °C or higher.

7. Detection of fan stop and that of drive circuit failure. . Detection if fan is stopped or not. (Name of this function on the service menu : FAN) Status of the respective fans are displayed as OK or NG on the service menu STATUS.

FAN

DRIVE CIRCUIT

• B BOARD

• P/S BLOCK TOP

• P/S BLOCK MID

• P/S BLOCK LOW L

• P/S BLOCK LOW R

• DD CON SIDE

• I/O BLOCK SIDE

: OK : OK : OK : OK : OK : OK : OK : OK

. Detection of fan drive circuit failure (Name of this function on the service menu : FAN - DRIVE CIRCUIT) The warning when the fan drive data is 6 V or more and the actual drive voltage is 2 V or less :

warning

8. Detection of temperature rise in the power supply block. (Name of this function on the service menu : TEMPERATURE - P/S INTERNAL) Warning of high temperature when temperature of the heat sink for main converter inside the power supply unit exceeds the allowable limit : warning

WARNING at 90 °C Shut-down at 95 °C

9. Shut down when the 5 V for internal digital circuit has abnormality. (Name of this function on the service menu : POWER SUPPLY - DIGITAL 5V) The voltage that is input to pin-62 of the system controller (IC252) is detected. Shut down when there is no input voltage :

10. Detection of failure of the EEPROM. (Name of this function on the service menu : OTHERS) Warning when communication with EEPROM cannot be performed normally.

. EEPROM ID code error : EEP ROM ID . EEPROM data write error : EEP ROM SAVE . EEPROM data read error : EEP ROM LOAD . EEPROM failure : EEP ROM ACK

11. Detection of abnormality in communication with scan converter. (Name of this function on the service menu : OTHERS) Warning when communication with scan converter cannot be performed normally.

PW164ACK

12. Detection of failure in the ON/OFF control of power supply. (Name of this function on the service menu : Nil) When the digital 5 V power does not decrease even in the STBY state, the machine enters the POWER ON state automatically.

13. Detection of decreased voltage of the backup power supply for watch and detection of abnormality of oscillator. (Name of this function on the service menu : OTHERS) Normal/abnormal is detected from the register value inside the watch IC. . Initialization of time due to abnormal register value :

RTC INITIALIZE

. Warning of low voltage of backup power supply :

RTC BATTERY

. Warning that crystal oscillator for watch has stopped :

RTC XTAL

14. Detection of PDP failure. (Name of this function on the service menu : Nil) PDP is suspected to be defective when DIGITAL 5 V is normal among the voltages (VS, VA, DIGITAL 5 V) required to drive PDP while both VS and VA are not inputted. When all the following conditions are satisfied, the machine enters once to the STANDBY mode then turn the main power back on again.

1) DC 180 V power is 40 V or less.

2) DC 70 V power is 20 V or less.

3) DIGITAL 5 V is normal. The above-described operation is repeated three times. If the above three conditions are still satisfied, the PDP is judged to be faulty and the main power is shut down.

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

4-3

Section 5

138

128

103

102

TOP VIEW

Semiconductors

24LC21A/SN BA10358F-E2 BA10358F-T2 BA10393F-E2 CXA1211M-T4 LM1881MX M24C04-WMN6T M24C64-WMN6T(A) MM1113XFBE NJM2903M-T2 NJU7032M-TE2 ST49C101ACF8-05-TR TC4W53FU(TE12R) TC4W66F(TE12R) TC7W126FU(TE12R) TL026CPS-E05

µPC358G2-T2

TOP VIEW

8pin SOP

AD9884AKS-140

CXA2119M-T6 MB90096PF-G-182-BND-ER

TOP VIEW

28pin SOP

CXA8038AP TC74HC4053AP TK83854D

TOP VIEW

16pin DIP

CXD2030R EP1K50TC144-3

TOP VIEW

144pin QFP

CXD2090Q

FA5317P

TOP VIEW

8pin SOP

HD64F2633TE

TOP VIEW

120pin QFP

ICS9161A-01CW16T MAX202CSE-T MC74HC4052F SN74LV4053ANSR TC74HC123AF(EL) TC74HC157AF(EL) TC74HC4052AF(EL) TC74HC4538AF(EL)

TOP VIEW

16pin SOP

LM35DZ

M52347FP-TE M62352GP-70ED TC74HCT244AF(EL) TC74LCX244F(EL) TC74VHCT245AFT(EL) TDA8395T/N3

TOP VIEW

20pin SOP

MBM29LV400TC-70PFTNSV9695

BA033FP-E2 BA09FP-E2 BA12FP-E2

VCC

GND

OUT

BA7657F-E2

TOP VIEW

24pin SOP

CXA1739S

TOP VIEW

208pin QFP

CXA1860Q-T4 CXD2300Q-T4

TOP VIEW

32pin QFP

CXD2309Q-T6

TOP VIEW

48pin QFP

EPC1LC20-42B1-V100

ISPLSI2023E-110LT48

TOP VIEW

44pin QFP

LM2940SX-5.0

MARKING SIDE VIEW

INPUT OUTPUT

GND

LM317SX

MARKING SIDE VIEW

ADJ INPUT

OUTPUT

TOP VIEW

48pin SOP

MSM514265C-60JSDR1

TOP VIEW

40pin SOJ

MSM56V16160F-10TS-K

TOP VIEW

50pin SOP

NJM79L05A

48pin DIP

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

TOP VIEW

14 18

19 1

TOP VIEW

5-1

IC, Transistor

PQ07VZ012P

PQ30RV11

PQ30RV31

PQ3TZ53U

RS5C348A-E2

TOP VIEW

10pin SOP

S-80842ANNP-ED6-T2

4pin CHIP

SBX8035-H

1 : RMC OUT 2 : GND

3 : V

SC7S00F SC7S04F TC7S00F(TE85R) TC7S04F(TE85R) TC7S04FU(TE85R) TC7S08FU(TE85R)

TA78L12S

2SA1037AK-T146-QR 2SA1162-G 2SB624-BV345 2SB709A-QRS-TX 2SC1623-L5L6 2SC2412K-T-146-QR DTA114EKA-T146 DTA144EKA-T146 DTC114EKA-T146

TLC5733AIPM

3351

DTC144EKA-T146

2SA1213Y-TE12L

TOP VIEW

µPC1862GS-E2

191

2SB798-T1-DLDK

2SB1240TV2QR 2SC2785TP-HFE

TOP VIEW

36pin SOP

2SD1862TV2QR

LETTER SIDE

µPD64082GF-3BA

5180

PW164-20WK

BOTTOM VIEW

352pin PGA

RPM6940-V4

1 : R OUT

2 : GND

3 : Vcc

5pin CHIP

SN74LVC125APWR TC74HC04AF-TP2 TC74HC125AF(EL) TC74VHC14F(EL) TC74VHCT04AF(EL) TLC2932IPWR TLC2933IPWR-12 TC74HC126AF(EL)

TOP VIEW

14pin DIP

TA76431AS

REF

CATHODE

ANODE

INDEX

100

TOP VIEW

XRA10324AF

TOP VIEW

14pin SOP

Z8622812PSC

TOP VIEW

18pin DIP

2SJ106-GR

2SJ334 2SK2425 2SK3142-01 2SK3212-01 FS10KM-10 FS7KM-16A

5-2

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

Transistor, Diode

2SJ377(TE16L)

2SK1590-T1B

2SK2370(2)

2SK3142-01 2SK3212-01

1SS226-TE85L MA157-TX

1SS355TE-17 DTZ4.7B HVU359TRF MA111-TX RD12SB2 RD5.6SB UDZ-TE-17-12B UDZ-TE-17-3.9B UDZ-TE-17-4.7B UDZ-TE-17-5.6B UDZ-TE-17-7.5B

ANODE

CATHODE

20DL2C41A 20FL2C41A 20JL2C41A

BT139X-600

D25XB60

DAN202K-T-146

FCH20A10 FCH30A04 FCH30A06

MA8039

ANODE

CATHODE

NSQ03A06-TE16L

ANODE

CATHODE

SLR-325MCT31

ANODE

CATHODE

SLR-325VCT31

02CZ10-TE85L 02CZ12-TE85L MA3100-TX

05NH46

CATHODE

ANODE

AU02A D1NL20U DTZ2.4B-TT11 MTZJ-T-77-10B RD10ES-B2

CATHODE

ANODE

HRU0103ATRF HZU22B2TRF HZU30BTRF HZU6.2BTRF RD5.6SB2-T1

ANODE

CATHODE

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

5-3

Section 6

Spare Parts

6-1. Notes on Repair Parts

NOTE :

The components identified marked ! are critical for safety. Replace only with the part number specified.

Les composants identifiés par la marque ! sont critiques pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié.

• Items marked “ * ” and parts marked with “ o ” at SP (Supply Code) column of the spare parts list are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items.

• Items with no part number and no description are not stocked because they are seldom required for routine service.

• Due to standardization, replacements in the parts list may be different from the parts specified in the diagrams or the components used on the set.

RESISTORS

• All resistors are in ohms.

• F: nonflammable

• METAL: Metal-film resistor

• METAL OXIDE: Metal oxide-film resistor

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

6-1

Cover

6-2. Exploded Views

+BVTP

4x16

+BVTP 4x16

+P 2x5

+BVTP 4x16

+BVTP 3x12

+BVTP 4x16

+PSW 6x20

+BVTP 4x16

+PSW 3x8

+PS 3x6

+PS 2x6

+BVTP

3x12

Blank panel

AEP Only

(

+PSW 3x8

)

BKM-B10

+PS 3x6

+PSW 3x8

Available separately

(AEP Only)

+BVTP

3x12

6-2

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

No. Part No. SP Description 1 X-4038-606-1 s BEZEL ASSY (SILVER)

1 X-4038-606-2 s BEZEL ASSY (GRAY) 2 1-758-596-11 o GLASS, OPTICAL FILTER 3 A-1373-841-A o MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, YA 4 4-081-423-01 o PLATE, EARTH

5 A-1373-842-A o MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, YB 6 4-080-980-01 o BRACKET, Y PWB 7 X-4038-607-1 o COVER ASSY, REAR (SILVER) 7 X-4038-607-2 o COVER ASSY, REAR (GRAY) 8 4-080-966-01 s GASKET (1X5)

9 4-080-966-11 s GASKET (1X5) 10 4-043-825-01 s HANDLE 11 4-081-315-01 s KNOB 12 4-049-122-01 s RIVET 13 4-081-318-01 o SHEET, SHIELD

14 4-080-989-01 s PANEL, S/C 15 1-763-670-11 s DC FAN 16 A-1136-195-A o MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, B 17 1-900-257-96 o CONNECTOR ASSY 80P 18 4-081-317-01 o GASKET, EMI

Cover

19 X-4038-605-1 o PANEL ASSY, QA 20 X-4038-608-1 o PANEL ASSY, QB 21 4-080-962-01 o PANEL, BLANK (AEP ONLY) 22 4-081-302-01 o SPACER 23 4-081-636-01 o GASKET, EMI

24 A-1270-443-A o MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, QA Screws/Washers

7-628-000-10 s SCREW +PSW M6X20 7-628-253-20 s SCREW +PS 2X6 7-682-647-09 s SCREW +PS 3X6 7-682-948-09 s SCREW +PSW 3X8 7-685-103-19 s SCREW +P 2X5 TYPE2 NON-SLIT

7-685-648-79 s SCREW +BVTP 3X12 TYPE2 IT-3 7-685-663-79 s SCREW +BVTP 4X16 TYPE2 IT-3

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

6-3

Chassis

+PSW 3x6

104 104

103

+PSW 3x16

103

+P 4x16

+PSW 4x16

103

104

118

105

117

+BVTP 3x12

118

+PSW

3x16

+PSW 4x8

107

106

105

+PSW 3x8

106

118

105

+BVTP

4x16

+PSW 3x16

118

+BVTP 3x12

+PSW 3x16

108

115

114

116

+BVTP 4x16

112

113

+PSW 3x12

107

109

110

PANEL,PLASMA DISPLAY FPF42C128128UA-24 (Made by Fujitsu)

101

+PSW 3x6

108102

+PSW 3x16

111

+PSW 3x8

+PSW 3x6

108

+PSW 3x16

+PSW 3x6

6-4

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

No. Part No. SP Description 101 A-1391-081-A o MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, T

102 4-049-122-01 s RIVET 103 4-081-421-01 o BRACKET, S PWB 104 A-1391-080-A o MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, S 105 4-066-309-01 s SCREW, MACHINE, (+) P M4X8

106 4-353-620-11 o HINGE, PC BOARD 107 1-763-659-11 s FAN, DC (WITH SENSOR) 108 1-763-659-11 s FAN, DC (WITH SENSOR) 109 4-066-309-01 s SCREW, MACHINE, (+) P M4X8 110 ! 1-468-447-11 s REGULATOR, SWITCHING

111 4-081-424-01 o SHEET, INSULATING 112 ! 1-815-560-11 s INLET, AC WITH NOISE FILTER 113 2-990-241-02 s HOLDER (A), PLUG 114 3-659-682-11 o HOLDER, PC BOARD 115 4-321-929-00 o HOLDER, PC BOARD

116 1-680-712-11 o PRINTED WIRING BOARD, F 117 3-701-474-02 s LOCK, PURSE 118 4-957-517-01 s SCREW (5X40), +PSW

Screws/Washers 7-682-565-04 s SCREW +P 4X16 7-682-947-01 s SCREW +PSW 3X6 7-682-948-09 s SCREW +PSW 3X8 7-682-950-09 s SCREW +PSW 3X12 7-682-952-09 s SCREW +PSW 3X16

Chassis

7-682-961-01 s SCREW +PSW 4X8 7-682-965-01 s SCREW +PSW 4X16 7-685-648-79 s SCREW +BVTP 3X12 TYPE2 IT-3 7-685-663-79 s SCREW +BVTP 4X16 TYPE2 IT-3

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

6-5

Packing Materials

206

207

209 211 210

213

202

208

203

201

202

212

205

6-6

204

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

No. Part No. SP Description 201 4-080-651-01 o INDIVIDUAL CARTON

202 3-704-066-01 o HANDLE (B) 203 4-080-652-01 o TRAY 204 3-674-673-01 o STOPPER (A) 205 4-080-646-01 o CUSHION (LOWER) (ASSY)

206 4-080-645-01 o CUSHION (UPPER) (ASSY) 207 4-080-653-01 o HOLDER 208 1-476-545-11 s REMOTE COMMANDER (RM-42B) 209 2-990-242-01 s HOLDER (B), PLUG 210 4-066-900-01 s CLAMP, MINI

211 3-613-640-01 o PLUG,HOLDER C 212 4-080-938-01 s OPERATING, INSTRUCTIONS (JAPANESE, ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH, ITALIAN, SIMPLIFIED CHINESE) 213 4-081-316-01 s HOLDER, CABLE

Packing Materials

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

6-7

6-3. Electrical Parts List

------B BOARD

------ Ref. No. or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

(B BOARD) Ref. No.

or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

1pc A-1136-195-A o MOUNTED CIRCUIT BOARD, B 1pc 1-251-093-11 s SOCKET,IC

C213 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C214 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C215 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

BAT500 1-550-104-11 s HOLDER,BATTERY

C216 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V

C217 1-164-489-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 0.22MF C1 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C2 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C3 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C4 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C6 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C218 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C219 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C220 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C221 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C222 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C7 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C8 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C9 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C10 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C12 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C

C223 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C224 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C225 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C226 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C227 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C13 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C14 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C15 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C16 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C18 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C228 1-126-400-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 22MF/35V(CHIP)

C229 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C230 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C231 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C232 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C19 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C20 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C21 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C23 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C24 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C233 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C234 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C235 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C236 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C237 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C25 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C26 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C27 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C100 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C101 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C238 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C239 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C240 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C241 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C242 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C102 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C103 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C104 1-115-566-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 4.7MF B/6.3V C105 1-115-566-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 4.7MF B/6.3V C106 1-115-566-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 4.7MF B/6.3V

C243 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C244 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C245 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C246 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C247 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C107 1-115-566-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 4.7MF B/6.3V C108 1-117-148-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 4.7MF 50V C109 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C110 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP C111 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C248 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C249 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C250 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C251 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C252 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C113 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C114 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C115 1-163-251-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 100PF/50V C116 1-163-259-91 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 220PF C117 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C253 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C254 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C255 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C256 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C257 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C200 1-125-889-11 s CAPACITOR, C.CERAMIC 2.2MF C201 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C202 1-125-889-11 s CAPACITOR, C.CERAMIC 2.2MF C203 1-125-889-11 s CAPACITOR, C.CERAMIC 2.2MF C204 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C258 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C259 1-135-216-11 s CAPACITOR TANTATUM 10MF/10V

C260 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C262 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C264 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C205 1-126-400-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 22MF/35V(CHIP) C206 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C207 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C208 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C209 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C265 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C266 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C267 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C268 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C269 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C210 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C211 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C212 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C270 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C271 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C272 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C273 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

6-8

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(B BOARD)

Ref. No. or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

C274 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C275 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C276 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C277 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C279 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C280 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C281 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C282 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C283 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C284 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C285 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C286 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C287 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C288 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C289 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C290 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C291 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C292 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C293 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C294 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C295 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C296 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C297 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C298 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C299 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

Ref. No. or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

C526 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C527 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C528 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C529 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C530 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C531 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C532 1-163-227-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 10PF/50V(CH) C533 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C534 1-163-227-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 10PF/50V(CH) C535 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C536 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C537 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C538 1-163-133-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 470PF C539 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C540 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C541 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C542 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C543 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C544 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C545 1-125-838-11 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 2.2MF/6.3V

C546 1-125-838-11 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 2.2MF/6.3V C547 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C548 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C549 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C550 1-163-253-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 120PF/50V

C300 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C304 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C305 1-163-243-11 s CAPACITOR CHIP CERAMIC 47PF/50 C312 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C313 1-163-113-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 68PF/50

C314 1-163-113-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 68PF/50 C315 1-163-113-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 68PF/50 C317 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C318 1-164-161-11 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 2200PF/100V C320 1-126-401-11 s CAPACITOR, ELECT 1MF/50V(CHIP)

C500 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C501 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C502 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C503 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C504 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C506 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C507 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C508 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C509 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C510 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C511 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C512 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C513 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C514 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C515 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C516 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C517 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C519 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C520 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C521 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C551 1-163-253-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 120PF/50V C552 1-163-253-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 120PF/50V C553 1-163-253-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 120PF/50V C554 1-163-275-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 1000PF/50V C555 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C556 1-163-253-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 120PF/50V C557 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C560 1-163-233-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 18PF/50 C703 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C704 1-126-392-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP ELECT100MF/6.3V

C705 1-126-392-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP ELECT100MF/6.3V C706 1-126-392-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP ELECT100MF/6.3V C707 1-126-392-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP ELECT100MF/6.3V C708 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C709 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C710 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C711 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C712 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C713 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C714 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C715 1-126-400-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 22MF/35V(CHIP) C716 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C717 1-126-400-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 22MF/35V(CHIP) C718 1-115-670-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 220MF/35V(CHIP C719 1-115-670-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 220MF/35V(CHIP

C720 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C721 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C801 1-128-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 470MF/10V CHIP C927 1-125-817-11 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 10MF/6.3V C928 1-115-459-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/6.3V(BP)

C522 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C523 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C524 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C525 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

C937 1-125-817-11 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 10MF/6.3V C938 1-115-459-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/6.3V(BP) C1000 1-163-229-11 s CAPACITOR CHIP 12PF/50V(2125) C1001 1-163-089-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 6.0PF

6-9

(B BOARD)

(B BOARD) Ref. No.

or Q’ty Part No. SP Description C1002 1-107-781-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(BP)

C1003 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1004 1-107-781-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(BP) C1005 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1006 1-107-781-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(BP)

C1007 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1008 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1009 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1010 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1011 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1012 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1013 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1014 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1015 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C1016 1-126-401-11 s CAPACITOR, ELECT 1MF/50V(CHIP)

C1017 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1018 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1019 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1020 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1021 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

C1022 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1023 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1024 1-126-398-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 4.7MF/35V(CHIP C1025 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1026 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

Ref. No.

or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

C1062 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1063 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1064 1-126-392-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP ELECT100MF/6.3V

C1065 1-163-113-00 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 68PF/50V

C1066 1-163-231-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC15PF/50V

C1067 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1068 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

C1069 1-164-346-11 s CAPACITOR CHIP CERAMIC 1MF/16V

C1070 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1071 1-115-154-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 10MF/16V(BP)

C1072 1-163-241-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 39PF/50

C1073 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1074 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1075 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1076 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1077 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1078 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1079 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

C1080 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1081 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1082 1-164-346-11 s CAPACITOR CHIP CERAMIC 1MF/16V

C1083 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1084 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1085 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V

C1086 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1027 1-107-781-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(BP)

C1028 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1029 1-107-781-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(BP) C1030 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1031 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP

C1032 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP C1033 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1034 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1035 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1036 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1037 1-109-982-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 1MF/10V C1038 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C1039 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1040 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1041 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1042 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1043 1-126-401-11 s CAPACITOR, ELECT 1MF/50V(CHIP) C1044 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C1045 1-164-346-11 s CAPACITOR CHIP CERAMIC 1MF/16V C1046 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1047 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1048 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1049 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1050 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1051 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

C1052 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1053 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1055 1-163-251-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 100PF/50V C1056 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1057 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1087 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1088 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V

C1089 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1090 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1091 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1092 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1093 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1094 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1095 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1096 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1097 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1098 1-163-809-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 0.047MF

C1099 1-107-781-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(BP)

C1100 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1101 1-163-809-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 0.047MF

C1102 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1103 1-163-809-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 0.047MF

C1104 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1105 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1106 1-163-253-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 120PF/50V

C1107 1-163-235-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC22PF/50V

C1108 1-107-781-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(BP)

C1109 1-126-401-11 s CAPACITOR, ELECT 1MF/50V(CHIP)

C1110 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1111 1-164-162-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 100PF

C1112 1-126-401-11 s CAPACITOR, ELECT 1MF/50V(CHIP)

C1113 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1115 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

C1116 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1117 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1058 1-163-102-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 24PF/50

C1059 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1060 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1061 1-163-102-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 24PF/50

C1118 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1119 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1120 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1121 1-107-781-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(BP)

6-10

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(B BOARD)

Ref. No. or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

C1122 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1123 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1124 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1125 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1126 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1127 1-164-182-11 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 3300PF/100V C1128 1-164-344-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 68000PF (M-) C1129 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1130 1-163-259-91 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 220PF C1131 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1132 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1133 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1134 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1135 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1136 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1137 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1138 1-137-993-11 s CAP, CHIP ELECT 470MF/16V C1139 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1140 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1141 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1142 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1143 1-137-993-11 s CAP, CHIP ELECT 470MF/16V C1144 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1145 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1146 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

Ref. No. or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

C1186 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1187 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1188 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1189 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1190 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1191 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1192 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1193 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1194 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1195 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1196 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1197 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1198 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1199 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1200 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1201 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1202 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1203 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1204 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1205 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1206 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1207 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1208 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1209 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1210 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1147 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1148 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1149 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1150 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1151 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1152 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1153 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1154 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1155 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP C1156 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP

C1157 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1158 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1159 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1160 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1161 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1162 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP C1164 1-126-392-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP ELECT100MF/6.3V C1165 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP C1168 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP C1169 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V

C1170 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1171 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1172 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1173 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1174 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

C1175 1-163-243-11 s CAPACITOR CHIP CERAMIC 47PF/50 C1176 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1177 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1178 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1179 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1211 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1212 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1213 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1214 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1215 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1216 1-126-392-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP ELECT100MF/6.3V C1217 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1218 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1219 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1220 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1221 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1222 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1223 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1224 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1225 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

C1226 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1227 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1228 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1229 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1230 1-126-398-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 4.7MF/35V(CHIP

C1231 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1232 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1233 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C1234 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1235 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1236 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1237 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1238 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1239 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP C1240 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1182 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1183 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP C1184 1-126-392-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP ELECT100MF/6.3V C1185 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

C1241 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1242 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1243 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1244 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

6-11

(B BOARD)

(B BOARD) Ref. No.

or Q’ty Part No. SP Description C1245 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1246 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1247 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1248 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1249 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP

C1250 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1251 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1252 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C1260 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1261 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C1262 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1263 1-163-243-11 s CAPACITOR CHIP CERAMIC 47PF/50 C1264 1-163-243-11 s CAPACITOR CHIP CERAMIC 47PF/50 C1265 1-163-243-11 s CAPACITOR CHIP CERAMIC 47PF/50 C1266 1-163-243-11 s CAPACITOR CHIP CERAMIC 47PF/50

C1267 1-163-243-11 s CAPACITOR CHIP CERAMIC 47PF/50 C1268 1-163-243-11 s CAPACITOR CHIP CERAMIC 47PF/50 C1269 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1270 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1271 1-163-235-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC22PF/50V

C1278 1-126-392-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP ELECT100MF/6.3V C1282 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C1283 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V C4000 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP C4001 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C

Ref. No.

or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

C4036 1-163-245-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 56PF/50V

C4037 1-163-809-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 0.047MF

C4038 1-163-275-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 1000PF/50V

C4039 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4040 1-163-133-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 470PF

C4041 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4042 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP

C4043 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4044 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4045 1-163-127-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 270PF

C4046 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4047 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4048 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4049 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4050 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4051 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4052 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4053 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4054 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4055 1-163-253-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 120PF/50V

C4056 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V

C4057 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V

C4058 1-163-137-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 680PF

C4059 1-163-263-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 330PF/50V

C4060 1-163-137-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 680PF C4002 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4003 1-163-275-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 1000PF/50V C4004 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP C4005 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C4006 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4007 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C4008 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C4009 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP C4010 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C4011 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP

C4012 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP C4013 1-126-405-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/50V(CHIP C4014 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C4015 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C4016 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4017 1-164-489-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 0.22MF C4018 1-163-275-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 1000PF/50V C4019 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C4020 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C4021 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4022 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C4023 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C4024 1-163-113-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 68PF/50 C4025 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C4026 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4027 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C4028 1-163-275-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 1000PF/50V C4029 1-163-233-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 18PF/50 C4030 1-163-235-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC22PF/50V C4031 1-115-670-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 220MF/35V(CHIP

C4061 1-163-092-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 9PF/50V

C4062 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V

C4063 1-163-227-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 10PF/50V(CH)

C4064 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

C4065 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4066 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4067 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4068 1-117-148-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 4.7MF 50V

C4069 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

C4070 1-163-275-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 1000PF/50V

C4071 1-126-402-11 s CAPACITOR, ELECT 2.2MF/50V

C4072 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4073 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4074 1-126-401-11 s CAPACITOR, ELECT 1MF/50V(CHIP)

C4075 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

C4076 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4077 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4078 1-163-227-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 10PF/50V(CH)

C4079 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

C4080 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

C4081 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4082 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4083 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V

C4084 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V

C4085 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V

C4086 1-126-398-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 4.7MF/35V(CHIP

C4088 1-128-235-11 s CAPACITOR ERECT 0.47MF/50V

C4089 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V

C4090 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4091 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C4032 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4033 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C4034 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C4035 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V

C4092 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

C4093 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V

C4094 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V

C4095 1-163-259-91 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 220PF

6-12

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(B BOARD)

Ref. No. or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

C4096 1-126-398-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 4.7MF/35V(CHIP C4097 1-163-145-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 1500PF C4098 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C4099 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C4100 1-126-392-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP ELECT100MF/6.3V

C4103 1-163-137-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 680PF C4104 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C4105 1-163-263-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 330PF/50V C4106 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C4107 1-163-131-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 390PF

C4108 1-163-131-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 390PF

Ref. No. or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

C9108 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C9109 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C9110 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V C9111 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C9112 1-163-021-91 s CAPACITOR, CERAMIC 0.01MF/50V

C9201 1-163-005-11 s CAP,CHIP CERAMIC 470PF C9202 1-163-005-11 s CAP,CHIP CERAMIC 470PF C9203 1-163-005-11 s CAP,CHIP CERAMIC 470PF C9204 1-163-005-11 s CAP,CHIP CERAMIC 470PF C9205 1-163-005-11 s CAP,CHIP CERAMIC 470PF

C9206 1-163-005-11 s CAP,CHIP CERAMIC 470PF C4109 1-104-760-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 0.047MF/50V C4110 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C4111 1-104-760-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 0.047MF/50V C4112 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

CN103 1-815-257-11 o HEADER, CONNECTOR

CN104 1-506-474-11 s PIN,CONNECTOR 9P

CN105 1-506-468-11 s PIN,CONNECTOR (3P)

CN106 1-564-877-31 o PIN, CONNECTOR 15P C4113 1-163-227-11 s CAPACITOR CERAMIC 10PF/50V(CH)

CN109 1-506-491-11 s PIN,CONNECTOR 12P C4114 1-163-137-00 s CAPACITOR,CHIP CERAMIC 680PF C6142 1-128-416-11 s CAPACITOR ELECT 100MF/16V(105C C6143 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C6144 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

CN110 1-506-487-11 s PIN,CONNECTOR 8P

CN112 1-506-494-11 s PIN,CONNECTOR (15P)

CN115 1-506-473-11 s PIN,CONNECTOR 8P

CN118 1-506-468-11 s PIN,CONNECTOR (3P) C6145 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

CN801 1-766-809-11 o PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 3P C6181 1-127-573-11 s CAPACITOR,.CERAMIC 1MFB(2012) C6182 1-127-573-11 s CAPACITOR,.CERAMIC 1MFB(2012) C6183 1-127-573-11 s CAPACITOR,.CERAMIC 1MFB(2012) C6184 1-127-573-11 s CAPACITOR,.CERAMIC 1MFB(2012)

CN6102 1-770-418-11 o CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 30P

CN6103 1-778-529-11 s PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 7P

CN6104 1-778-529-11 s PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 7P

CN6910 1-815-410-11 o CONNECTOR SOCKET 44P C6951 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

CN8001 1-506-492-11 o PIN,CONNECTOR 13P C6952 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C6953 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C6971 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C6972 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

D1 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0

D100 8-719-914-43 s DIODE DAN202K

D101 8-719-158-49 s DIODE RD12SB2

D102 8-719-158-49 s DIODE RD12SB2 C6973 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

D103 8-719-914-43 s DIODE DAN202K C6974 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C6981 1-126-394-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/16V(CHIP) C6982 1-126-394-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/16V(CHIP) C6985 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

D201 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0

D504 8-719-158-15 s DIODE RD5.6SB

D505 8-719-158-15 s DIODE RD5.6SB

D506 8-719-158-15 s DIODE RD5.6SB C6986 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

D507 8-719-158-15 s DIODE RD5.6SB C6991 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C6992 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C6993 1-126-394-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/16V(CHIP) C8001 1-126-392-11 s CAPACITOR,CHIP ELECT100MF/6.3V

D508 8-719-158-15 s DIODE RD5.6SB

D509 8-719-158-15 s DIODE RD5.6SB

D510 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0

D511 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0 C8002 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

D512 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0 C8003 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C8004 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C8005 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C9001 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

D513 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0

D514 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0

D515 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0

D516 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0 C9002 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

D700 8-719-158-15 s DIODE RD5.6SB C9003 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C9004 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C9005 1-126-394-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/16V(CHIP) C9006 1-126-394-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/16V(CHIP)

D701 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0

D702 8-719-059-22 s DIODE NSQ03A06-TE16L

D703 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0

D704 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0 C9007 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

D705 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0 C9008 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C9101 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V C9102 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP) C9103 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

D804 8-719-158-49 s DIODE RD12SB2

D805 8-719-158-49 s DIODE RD12SB2

D940 8-719-976-96 s DIODE DTZ4.7B

D941 8-719-976-96 s DIODE DTZ4.7B C9104 1-126-396-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 47MF/16V(CHIP)

D942 8-719-976-96 s DIODE DTZ4.7B C9105 1-126-394-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/16V(CHIP) C9106 1-126-394-11 s CAPACITOR,ELECT 10MF/16V(CHIP) C9107 1-164-004-11 s CAPACITOR,CERAMIC 0.1MF/25V

D943 8-719-976-96 s DIODE DTZ4.7B

D944 8-719-976-96 s DIODE DTZ4.7B

D945 8-719-976-96 s DIODE DTZ4.7B

D946 8-719-976-96 s DIODE DTZ4.7B

D947 8-719-976-96 s DIODE DTZ4.7B

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

6-13

(B BOARD)

Ref. No. or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

D948 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0 D1000 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226 D1001 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226 D1002 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226 D1003 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0

D1004 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0 D1005 8-719-988-61 s DIODE 1SS355TE-17 D1006 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0 D1007 8-719-422-12 s DIODE MA8039 D4000 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0

D4001 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0 D4002 8-719-914-43 s DIODE DAN202K D4003 8-719-914-43 s DIODE DAN202K D4004 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0 D4005 8-719-914-43 s DIODE DAN202K

D4006 8-719-031-68 s DIODE HVU359-TRU(VARI-CAP) D4007 8-719-031-68 s DIODE HVU359-TRU(VARI-CAP) D4008 8-719-031-68 s DIODE HVU359-TRU(VARI-CAP) D6181 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0 D6182 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0

D6183 8-719-073-01 s DIODE MA111-(K8).S0 D6184 8-719-158-49 s DIODE RD12SB2 D8001 8-719-158-15 s DIODE RD5.6SB D8002 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226 D8003 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226

Ref. No. or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

FB101 1-414-234-11 s INDUCTOR,FERRITE BEAD FB200 1-414-234-11 s INDUCTOR,FERRITE BEAD FB201 1-414-234-11 s INDUCTOR,FERRITE BEAD FB202 1-414-234-11 s INDUCTOR,FERRITE BEAD FB203 1-414-234-11 s INDUCTOR,FERRITE BEAD

FB204 1-414-234-11 s INDUCTOR,FERRITE BEAD FB205 1-414-234-11 s INDUCTOR,FERRITE BEAD FB700 1-410-396-41 s FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR (0.45UH) FB701 1-414-230-11 s INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD FL1000 1-414-234-11 s INDUCTOR,FERRITE BEAD

FL1001 1-414-234-11 s INDUCTOR,FERRITE BEAD FL1002 1-543-775-11 s BEAD, FERRITE FL1003 1-543-775-11 s BEAD, FERRITE FL1004 1-239-847-11 s FILTER, LOW PASS FL1005 1-233-505-21 s FILTER, LOW PASS

FL1006 1-233-504-21 s FILTER, LOW PASS FL1007 1-233-504-21 s FILTER, LOW PASS FL4000 1-233-736-21 s FILTER, EMI FL4001 1-233-736-21 s FILTER, EMI FL4002 1-233-736-21 s FILTER, EMI

FL4003 1-233-434-11 s FILTER, LOW PASS FL4004 1-233-736-21 s FILTER, EMI FL4005 1-233-736-21 s FILTER, EMI FL4006 1-233-434-11 s FILTER, LOW PASS FL4007 1-233-505-21 s FILTER, LOW PASS

D8004 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226 D9001 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226 D9004 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226 D9005 8-719-402-16 s DIODE MA3100-TX D9006 8-719-402-16 s DIODE MA3100-TX

D9007 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226 D9008 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226 D9009 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226 D9010 8-719-977-28 s DIODE DTZ10B D9011 8-719-977-28 s DIODE DTZ10B

D9101 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226 D9104 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226 D9105 8-719-402-16 s DIODE MA3100-TX D9106 8-719-402-16 s DIODE MA3100-TX D9107 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226

D9108 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226 D9109 8-719-800-76 s DIODE 1SS226 D9110 8-719-977-28 s DIODE DTZ10B D9111 8-719-977-28 s DIODE DTZ10B D9201 8-719-402-16 s DIODE MA3100-TX

D9202 8-719-402-16 s DIODE MA3100-TX D9203 8-719-402-16 s DIODE MA3100-TX D9204 8-719-402-16 s DIODE MA3100-TX D9301 8-719-025-47 s DIODE 02CZ12-TE85L D9302 8-719-025-47 s DIODE 02CZ12-TE85L

D9303 8-719-025-47 s DIODE 02CZ12-TE85L D9304 8-719-025-47 s DIODE 02CZ12-TE85L D9305 8-719-025-47 s DIODE 02CZ12-TE85L D9306 8-719-025-47 s DIODE 02CZ12-TE85L D9307 8-719-025-47 s DIODE 02CZ12-TE85L

D9308 8-719-025-47 s DIODE 02CZ12-TE85L D9309 8-719-158-15 s DIODE RD5.6SB D9310 8-719-158-15 s DIODE RD5.6SB

FL4008 1-233-504-21 s FILTER, LOW PASS FL4009 1-233-504-21 s FILTER, LOW PASS

IC1 8-759-460-72 s IC BA033FP IC2 8-759-581-89 s IC LM317SX IC3 8-759-460-72 s IC BA033FP IC4 8-759-539-90 s IC LM2940SX-5.0 IC6 8-759-460-79 s IC BA09FP-E2

IC7 8-759-460-72 s IC BA033FP IC100 8-759-595-97 s IC SN74LV4053ANSR IC101 8-759-646-02 s IC M52347FP-TE IC102 8-759-475-21 s IC TC74LCX244F(EL) IC103 8-759-442-20 s IC 24LC21A/SN

IC200 8-759-645-12 s IC AD9884AKS-140 IC202 8-759-481-73 s IC SN74LVC125APW (E20) IC204 8-759-362-35 s IC ICS9161A-01CW16T IC205 8-759-575-71 s IC M24C04-WMN6T IC206 8-759-669-11 o IC MBM29LV400TC-70PFTN-SV9695

IC207 8-759-646-32 s IC PW164-20W IC208 8-759-712-67 o IC EP1K50TC144-3 IC209 8-759-475-21 s IC TC74LCX244F(EL) IC210 8-759-491-51 s IC TC74VHCT245AFT(EL) IC211 8-759-491-51 s IC TC74VHCT245AFT(EL)

IC212 8-759-491-51 s IC TC74VHCT245AFT(EL) IC213 8-759-491-51 s IC TC74VHCT245AFT(EL) IC214 8-759-599-99 s IC MB90096PF-G-182 IC215 8-759-491-51 s IC TC74VHCT245AFT(EL) IC216 8-759-829-32 s IC EPC1LC20-42B1-V100

IC218 8-759-646-15 s IC ST49C101ACF8-05-TR IC219 8-759-058-62 s IC TC7S08FU-TE85R IC220 8-759-239-34 s IC TC74HC4538AF IC221 8-759-439-67 s IC TC7W126FU(TE12R) IC222 8-759-491-32 s IC TC74VHCT04AF(EL)

6-14

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(B BOARD)

(B BOARD) Ref. No.

or Q’ty Part No. SP Description IC223 8-759-058-58 s IC TC7S04FU-TE85R

IC500 8-759-232-46 s IC TC74HC126AF IC501 8-759-635-27 s IC M62352GP IC502 8-759-475-21 s IC TC74LCX244F(EL) IC503 8-759-252-59 s IC MAX202CSE

IC504 8-759-560-17 s IC RS5C348A-E2 IC505 8-759-232-46 s IC TC74HC126AF IC506 8-759-232-44 s IC TC74HC125AF IC507 8-759-233-73 s IC TC74HCT244AF IC508 8-759-186-30 s IC TC74VHC14F

IC509 8-759-648-10 s IC HD64F2633TE

Ref. No.

or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

IC4012 8-759-232-65 s IC TC74HC157AF

IC4013 8-759-442-20 s IC 24LC21A/SN

IC6105 8-759-460-81 s IC BA12FP-E2

IC6903 8-759-446-66 s IC MM1113XFBE

IC6904 8-759-446-66 s IC MM1113XFBE

IC6905 8-759-360-07 s IC BA7657F-E2

IC6906 8-759-011-64 s IC MC74HC4052F

IC6907 8-759-360-07 s IC BA7657F-E2

IC6908 8-759-439-67 s IC TC7W126FU(TE12R)

IC6909 8-759-232-44 s IC TC74HC125AF

IC8001 8-759-439-67 s IC TC7W126FU(TE12R) IC510 8-759-058-62 s IC TC7S08FU-TE85R IC511 8-759-684-72 o IC M24C64-WMN6T(A) IC512 8-759-582-91 s IC S-80842ANNP-ED6-T2 IC513 8-759-582-91 s IC S-80842ANNP-ED6-T2

J9001 1-774-361-11 s CONNECTOR, D SUB 15P

(INPUT1 IN)

J9002 1-774-361-11 s CONNECTOR, D SUB 15P

(INPUT2 IN) IC703 8-759-700-07 s IC NJM2903M IC831 8-759-581-89 s IC LM317SX IC1000 8-752-053-21 s IC CXA1211M

J9101 1-566-822-21 s JACK (INPUT1 AUDIO IN)

J9102 1-566-822-21 s JACK (INPUT2 AUDIO IN)

J9103 1-566-822-21 s JACK (AUDIO OUT) IC1001 8-752-053-21 s IC CXA1211M IC1002 8-759-595-97 s IC SN74LV4053ANSR

IC1003 8-759-595-97 s IC SN74LV4053ANSR

J9201 1-565-269-11 s SOCKET,CONNECTOR 9P (REMOTE)

JR6102 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) IC1004 8-759-082-61 s IC TC4W53FU IC1005 8-752-053-21 s IC CXA1211M IC1006 8-759-987-27 s IC LM1881M IC1007 8-759-568-27 s IC MSM514265C-60JSDR1

L200 1-414-752-11 s INDUCTOR 2.2UH

L700 1-410-482-31 s MICRO INDUCTOR 100UH

L701 1-406-666-21 s COIL, CHOKE 150UH

L702 1-406-666-21 s COIL, CHOKE 150UH IC1008 8-759-460-72 s IC BA033FP

L704 1-410-671-31 s MICRO INDUCTOR 47UH IC1009 8-759-460-72 s IC BA033FP IC1010 8-759-031-84 s IC SC7S04F IC1011 8-759-594-44 s IC UPD64082GF-3BA IC1012 8-759-031-84 s IC SC7S04F

L801 1-414-404-11 s INDUCTOR (SMD) 100UH

L1001 1-410-200-31 s CHIP INDUCTOR

L1002 1-414-042-21 s INDUCTOR,LEAD LESS

L1003 1-410-210-21 s CHIP INDUCTOR IC1013 8-759-645-68 o IC ISPLSI2023E-110LT48

L1004 1-414-754-11 s INDUCTOR 10.0UH IC1027 8-759-970-89 s IC BA10358F IC1028 8-759-970-89 s IC BA10358F IC1029 8-759-970-89 s IC BA10358F IC1030 8-752-067-05 s IC CXA1739S

L1005 1-414-754-11 s INDUCTOR 10.0UH

L1006 1-414-757-11 s INDUCTOR 100.0UH

L1007 1-412-052-21 s INDUCTOR, SMALL TYPE 1.00UH

L1008 1-414-757-11 s INDUCTOR 100.0UH IC1031 8-759-595-97 s IC SN74LV4053ANSR

L1009 1-414-754-11 s INDUCTOR 10.0UH IC1032 8-759-328-12 s IC Z8622812PSC IC1033 8-759-539-90 s IC LM2940SX-5.0 IC1034 8-759-460-81 s IC BA12FP-E2 IC1035 8-752-082-49 s IC CXA2119M

L1010 1-414-754-11 s INDUCTOR 10.0UH

L1011 1-410-663-31 s MICRO INDUCTOR 10UH

L1012 1-414-754-11 s INDUCTOR 10.0UH

L1013 1-414-757-11 s INDUCTOR 100.0UH IC1036 8-749-015-18 s IC PQ07VZ012P

L1014 1-414-757-11 s INDUCTOR 100.0UH IC1037 8-759-669-78 s IC TLC2933IPWR-12 IC1038 8-759-431-14 s IC PQ3TZ53U IC1039 8-759-676-70 s IC MSM56V16160F-10TS-K IC1040 8-752-398-47 s IC CXD2090Q

L1015 1-414-757-11 s INDUCTOR 100.0UH

L1016 1-414-754-11 s INDUCTOR 10.0UH

L1017 1-414-754-11 s INDUCTOR 10.0UH

L1018 1-414-754-11 s INDUCTOR 10.0UH IC1041 8-759-669-75 s IC TLC2932IPWR

L4000 1-408-595-31 s MICRO INDUCTOR 2.2UH IC1042 8-759-447-90 s IC TLC5733AIPM IC1043 8-759-528-48 s IC NJU7032M-TE2 IC1044 8-759-082-61 s IC TC4W53FU IC4000 8-759-430-79 s IC TDA8395T/N3

L4001 1-408-591-11 s MICRO INDUCTOR 1UH

L4002 1-410-373-31 s MICRO INDUCTOR 2.2UH

L4003 1-408-595-31 s MICRO INDUCTOR 2.2UH

L4004 1-410-373-31 s MICRO INDUCTOR 2.2UH IC4001 8-752-070-58 s IC CXA1860Q(T4)

L4005 1-408-591-11 s MICRO INDUCTOR 1UH IC4003 8-752-352-09 s IC CXD2300Q IC4004 8-752-369-15 s IC CXD2030R IC4005 8-759-595-97 s IC SN74LV4053ANSR IC4006 8-752-369-84 s IC CXD2309Q (T6)

L4006 1-414-248-11 s INDUCTOR,CHIP 2.2UH

L4007 1-414-248-11 s INDUCTOR,CHIP 2.2UH

L4008 1-408-591-11 s MICRO INDUCTOR 1UH

L4009 1-410-193-51 s CHIP INDUCTOR 1.2UH IC4007 8-759-296-53 s IC UPC1862GS-E2

L4010 1-410-193-51 s CHIP INDUCTOR 1.2UH IC4008 8-759-239-55 s IC TC74HC123AF IC4009 8-759-239-55 s IC TC74HC123AF IC4010 8-759-235-14 s IC TC74HC04AF (TP2) IC4011 8-759-239-55 s IC TC74HC123AF

L4011 1-410-193-51 s CHIP INDUCTOR 1.2UH

L4012 1-410-193-51 s CHIP INDUCTOR 1.2UH

L4013 1-410-193-51 s CHIP INDUCTOR 1.2UH

L4014 1-410-193-51 s CHIP INDUCTOR 1.2UH

L4017 1-410-193-51 s CHIP INDUCTOR 1.2UH

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

6-15

(B BOARD) Ref. No.

or Q’ty Part No. SP Description L4018 1-414-248-11 s INDUCTOR,CHIP 2.2UH

L4019 1-416-668-11 s COIL, CHOKE 10UH Q100 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

Q101 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q102 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q103 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q104 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

Q200 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q203 8-729-027-38 s TRANSISTOR DTA144EKA-T146 Q502 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q503 8-729-101-07 s TRANSISTOR 2SB798 Q506 8-729-027-38 s TRANSISTOR DTA144EKA-T146

Q507 8-729-900-53 s TRANSISTOR DTC114EK Q700 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q701 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q702 8-729-041-37 s TRANSISTOR 2SJ377(TE16L) Q1000 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R

Q1001 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q1002 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q1003 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q1004 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1005 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

Q1006 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1007 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q1008 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q1009 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q1010 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

Q1011 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1012 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1013 1-801-806-11 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EKA Q1014 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q1015 1-801-806-11 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EKA

Q1016 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q1017 1-801-806-11 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EKA Q1018 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1019 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1020 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

Q1021 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1022 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1023 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1024 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q1025 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R

Q1026 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1027 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1028 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q1029 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1030 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R

Q1031 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1032 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1033 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q1034 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1035 1-801-806-11 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EKA

Q1036 1-801-806-11 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EKA Q1037 1-801-806-11 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EKA Q1038 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1039 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1040 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

(B BOARD) Ref. No.

or Q’ty Part No. SP Description Q1041 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

Q1042 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q1043 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1044 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1045 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

Q1046 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1047 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G Q1048 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1049 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G Q1050 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G

Q1051 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1052 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1053 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1054 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G Q1055 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G

Q1056 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G Q1057 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q1058 8-729-900-53 s TRANSISTOR DTC114EK Q1059 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1060 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

Q1061 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1062 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1063 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1064 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q1065 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R

Q1066 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G Q1067 8-729-027-38 s TRANSISTOR DTA144EKA-T146 Q4000 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G Q4001 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q4002 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

Q4003 8-729-900-53 s TRANSISTOR DTC114EK Q4004 8-729-900-53 s TRANSISTOR DTC114EK Q4005 8-729-027-23 s TRANSISTOR DTA114EKA-T146 Q4006 8-729-900-53 s TRANSISTOR DTC114EK Q4007 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G

Q4008 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G Q4009 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q4010 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q4011 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q4012 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

Q4013 8-729-027-23 s TRANSISTOR DTA114EKA-T146 Q4014 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q4015 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q4016 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q4017 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

Q4018 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G Q4019 8-729-900-53 s TRANSISTOR DTC114EK Q4020 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G Q4021 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q4022 8-729-027-23 s TRANSISTOR DTA114EKA-T146

Q4023 8-729-900-53 s TRANSISTOR DTC114EK Q4024 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G Q4025 1-801-806-11 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EKA Q4026 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q4027 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R

Q4028 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q4029 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q4030 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G Q4031 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G Q4032 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G

6-16

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(B BOARD)

(B BOARD) Ref. No.

or Q’ty Part No. SP Description Q4033 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G

Q4034 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G Q4035 8-729-216-22 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G Q4036 8-729-027-38 s TRANSISTOR DTA144EKA-T146 Q4037 8-729-027-38 s TRANSISTOR DTA144EKA-T146

Q4038 1-801-806-11 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EKA Q4039 1-801-806-11 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EKA Q6181 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q6182 1-801-806-11 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EKA Q6193 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

Q6901 8-729-027-38 s TRANSISTOR DTA144EKA-T146 Q6902 8-729-027-38 s TRANSISTOR DTA144EKA-T146 Q6903 8-729-027-38 s TRANSISTOR DTA144EKA-T146 Q6904 1-801-806-11 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EKA Q6905 8-729-203-31 s TRANSISTOR 2SJ106N-GR

Q6906 8-729-203-31 s TRANSISTOR 2SJ106N-GR Q6907 1-801-806-11 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EKA Q6908 1-801-806-11 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EKA Q6909 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 Q6910 8-729-120-28 s TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

Q6911 8-729-026-49 s TRANSISTOR 2SA1037AK-T146-R Q6912 8-729-027-38 s TRANSISTOR DTA144EKA-T146 Q8001 1-801-806-11 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EKA Q8002 1-801-806-11 s TRANSISTOR DTC144EKA

Ref. No.

or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

R223 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012)

R224 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012)

R225 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012)

R226 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012)

R230 1-216-067-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 5.6K 1/10W(2012)

R231 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012)

R232 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012)

R233 1-216-061-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 3.3K 1/10W(2012)

R234 1-216-061-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 3.3K 1/10W(2012)

R235 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R236 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R238 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R239 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R240 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R244 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R245 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R246 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R248 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R249 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R250 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R251 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R252 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R253 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R254 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R255 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1 1-216-341-11 s RESISTOR,METAL FILM 0.22 1W R3 1-216-644-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 510 1/10W (2012) R4 1-216-643-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 470 1/10W (2012) R5 1-215-880-00 s RESISTOR,METAL FILM 10/2W R100 1-216-041-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 470 1/10W(2012)

R256 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R259 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012)

R262 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012)

R263 1-216-681-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 18K 1/10W (2012)

R269 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R101 1-216-041-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 470 1/10W(2012) R103 1-216-681-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 18K 1/10W (2012) R105 1-216-681-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 18K 1/10W (2012) R106 1-218-756-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 150K 1/10W(2012) R107 1-216-697-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 82K 1/10W

R270 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R271 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R272 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R274 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R275 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R108 1-216-666-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.3K 1/10W(2012) R109 1-216-659-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012) R110 1-216-659-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012) R111 1-216-659-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012) R112 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012)

R276 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R278 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R281 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R282 1-216-624-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 75 1/10W(2012)

R283 1-216-631-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 150 1/10W (2012) R114 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R115 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R116 1-216-089-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 47K 1/10W(2012) R117 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R204 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012)

R284 1-216-624-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 75 1/10W(2012)

R286 1-216-089-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 47K 1/10W(2012)

R287 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012)

R288 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012)

R289 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R205 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R206 1-216-061-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 3.3K 1/10W(2012) R207 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R208 1-216-061-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 3.3K 1/10W(2012) R211 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012)

R290 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R291 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R292 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012)

R293 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012)

R294 1-216-673-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 8.2K 1/10W(2012) R212 1-216-653-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1.2K 1/10W(2012) R213 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R214 1-216-009-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 22 1/10W (2012) R216 1-216-009-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 22 1/10W (2012) R217 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012)

R295 1-216-675-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012)

R296 1-216-697-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 82K 1/10W

R297 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R437 1-216-037-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 330 1/10W(2012)

R438 1-216-037-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 330 1/10W(2012) R218 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R219 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R220 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R221 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R222 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012)

R439 1-216-037-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 330 1/10W(2012)

R440 1-216-029-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 150 1/10W(2012)

R441 1-216-029-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 150 1/10W(2012)

R442 1-216-029-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 150 1/10W(2012)

R443 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

6-17

(B BOARD)

Ref. No. or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

R444 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R445 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R446 1-216-643-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 470 1/10W (2012) R447 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R448 1-216-045-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W(2012)

R449 1-216-663-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 3.3K 1/10W(2012) R450 1-216-691-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 47K 1/10W(2012) R451 1-216-695-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 68K 1/10W(2012) R452 1-216-697-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 82K 1/10W R453 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R456 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R501 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R502 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R503 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R504 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012)

R505 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R506 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R507 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R508 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R509 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012)

R510 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R511 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R512 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R513 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R514 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012)

Ref. No. or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

R555 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R556 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R557 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R558 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R559 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R560 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R561 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R562 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R563 1-216-634-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 200 1/10W(2012) R564 1-216-662-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 3K 1/10W (2012)

R565 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R566 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R567 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R568 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R569 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R570 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R571 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R572 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R573 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R574 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R575 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R576 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R577 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R578 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R579 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012)

R515 1-216-031-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 180 1/10W(2012) R516 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R517 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R518 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R519 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012)

R520 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R521 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R525 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R526 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R527 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R528 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R529 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R530 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R531 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R532 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012)

R534 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R535 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R536 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R537 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R538 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012)

R539 1-216-097-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 100K 1/10W(2012) R540 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R541 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R542 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R543 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R544 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R545 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R546 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R548 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R549 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R580 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R581 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R582 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R583 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R584 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R585 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R586 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R587 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R588 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R589 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R590 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R591 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R592 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R593 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R594 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R595 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R596 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R597 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R598 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R599 1-216-089-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 47K 1/10W(2012)

R600 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R601 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012) R602 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R603 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R604 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012)

R605 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012) R606 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012) R607 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R608 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R609 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012)

R550 1-216-009-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 22 1/10W (2012) R551 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R552 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R553 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R554 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R610 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R611 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R612 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R613 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R614 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012)

6-18

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(B BOARD)

(B BOARD) Ref. No.

or Q’ty Part No. SP Description R616 1-216-083-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 27K 1/10W(2012)

R617 1-216-097-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 100K 1/10W(2012) R618 1-216-083-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 27K 1/10W(2012) R619 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R620 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R621 1-216-113-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 470K 1/10W(2012) R624 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R632 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R633 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R634 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R635 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R636 1-216-009-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 22 1/10W (2012) R637 1-216-009-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 22 1/10W (2012) R700 1-216-675-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R701 1-216-681-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 18K 1/10W (2012)

R702 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R703 1-216-071-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 8.2K 1/10W(2012) R704 1-216-085-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 33K 1/10W(2012) R705 1-216-097-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 100K 1/10W(2012) R706 1-216-097-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 100K 1/10W(2012)

R707 1-216-097-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 100K 1/10W(2012) R708 1-216-097-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 100K 1/10W(2012) R709 1-216-059-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 2.7K 1/10W(2012) R710 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R711 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

Ref. No.

or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

R1002 1-216-681-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 18K 1/10W (2012)

R1003 1-216-687-11 s RESISTOR CHIP 33K 1/10W (2012)

R1004 1-216-681-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 18K 1/10W (2012)

R1005 1-216-687-11 s RESISTOR CHIP 33K 1/10W (2012)

R1006 1-216-055-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 1.8K 1/10W(2012)

R1007 1-216-061-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 3.3K 1/10W(2012)

R1008 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1009 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1010 1-216-687-11 s RESISTOR CHIP 33K 1/10W (2012)

R1011 1-216-681-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 18K 1/10W (2012)

R1012 1-216-041-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 470 1/10W(2012)

R1013 1-216-657-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1.8K 1/10W(2012)

R1014 1-216-069-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 6.8K 1/10W(2012)

R1015 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R1016 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R1017 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R1018 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1019 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1020 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1021 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1022 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1023 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1024 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1025 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R1026 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R712 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R713 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R714 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R715 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R716 1-249-381-11 s RES,CARBON 1 (1/4W)

R717 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R718 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R719 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R720 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R721 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012)

R722 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R723 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R724 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R725 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R726 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012)

R727 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R728 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R729 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R830 1-216-369-00 s RESISTOR,METAL FILM 1.00 2W R831 1-249-377-11 s RES,CARBON 0.47 1/4W

R832 1-249-377-11 s RES,CARBON 0.47 1/4W R901 1-216-033-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 220 1/10W(2012) R902 1-216-033-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 220 1/10W(2012) R918 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012) R919 1-216-033-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 220 1/10W(2012)

R921 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012) R922 1-216-033-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 220 1/10W(2012) R931 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012) R932 1-216-033-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 220 1/10W(2012) R934 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012)

R1027 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R1028 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1029 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R1030 1-216-045-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W(2012)

R1031 1-216-045-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W(2012)

R1032 1-216-045-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W(2012)

R1033 1-216-009-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 22 1/10W(2012)

R1034 1-216-009-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 22 1/10W(2012)

R1035 1-216-069-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 6.8K 1/10W(2012)

R1036 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R1037 1-216-069-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 6.8K 1/10W(2012)

R1038 1-216-659-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012)

R1039 1-216-097-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 100K 1/10W(2012)

R1040 1-216-657-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1.8K 1/10W(2012)

R1041 1-216-683-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 22K 1/10W (2012)

R1043 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012)

R1044 1-216-065-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012)

R1045 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012)

R1046 1-216-669-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 5.6K 1/10W(2012)

R1047 1-216-667-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012)

R1048 1-216-676-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 11K 1/10W(2012)

R1049 1-216-661-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 2.7K 1/10W(2012)

R1050 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1051 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1052 1-216-635-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 220 1/10W (2012)

R1053 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1054 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1055 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012)

R1056 1-216-652-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1.1K 1/10W(2012)

R1057 1-216-663-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 3.3K 1/10W(2012) R935 1-216-033-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 220 1/10W(2012)

R941 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 47K 1/10W R942 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 47K 1/10W R1000 1-216-681-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 18K 1/10W (2012) R1001 1-216-687-11 s RESISTOR CHIP 33K 1/10W (2012)

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

R1058 1-216-661-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 2.7K 1/10W(2012)

R1059 1-216-653-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1.2K 1/10W(2012)

R1060 1-216-643-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 470 1/10W (2012)

R1062 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1063 1-216-631-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 150 1/10W (2012)

6-19

(B BOARD)

Ref. No. or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

R1064 1-216-627-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W (2012) R1065 1-216-661-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 2.7K 1/10W(2012) R1066 1-216-667-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012) R1067 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R1068 1-216-117-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680K 1/10W(2012)

R1069 1-216-017-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R1070 1-216-021-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 68 1/10W(2012) R1071 1-216-053-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 1.5K 1/10W(2012) R1073 1-216-041-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 470 1/10W(2012) R1074 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R1075 1-216-055-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 1.8K 1/10W(2012) R1076 1-216-055-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 1.8K 1/10W(2012) R1077 1-216-055-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 1.8K 1/10W(2012) R1078 1-216-055-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 1.8K 1/10W(2012) R1079 1-216-079-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 18K 1/10W(2012)

R1080 1-216-077-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 15K 1/10W(2012) R1081 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R1082 1-216-055-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 1.8K 1/10W(2012) R1083 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R1084 1-216-043-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 560 1/10W(2125)

R1085 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1086 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1087 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1088 1-216-627-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W (2012) R1090 1-216-067-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 5.6K 1/10W(2012)

Ref. No. or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

R1134 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1135 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1136 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1137 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R1138 1-216-061-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 3.3K 1/10W(2012)

R1139 1-216-037-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 330 1/10W(2012) R1140 1-216-643-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 470 1/10W (2012) R1141 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R1142 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R1143 1-216-065-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012)

R1144 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R1145 1-216-673-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 8.2K 1/10W(2012) R1146 1-216-045-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W(2012) R1147 1-216-647-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W (2012) R1148 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R1149 1-216-661-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 2.7K 1/10W(2012) R1150 1-216-667-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012) R1151 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1152 1-216-061-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 3.3K 1/10W(2012) R1153 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012)

R1154 1-216-657-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1.8K 1/10W(2012) R1155 1-216-681-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 18K 1/10W (2012) R1156 1-216-643-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 470 1/10W (2012) R1157 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R1158 1-216-667-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012)

R1091 1-216-077-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 15K 1/10W(2012) R1092 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1093 1-216-055-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 1.8K 1/10W(2012) R1094 1-216-001-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 10 1/10W(2012) R1095 1-216-645-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 560 1/10W(2012)

R1096 1-216-045-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W(2012) R1097 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012) R1098 1-216-023-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 82 1/10W(2012) R1099 1-216-627-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W (2012) R1100 1-216-053-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 1.5K 1/10W(2012)

R1101 1-216-053-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 1.5K 1/10W(2012) R1102 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1103 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1104 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R1105 1-216-069-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 6.8K 1/10W(2012)

R1109 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1110 1-216-659-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012) R1111 1-216-659-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012) R1115 1-216-675-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1116 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012)

R1117 1-216-053-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 1.5K 1/10W(2012) R1118 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1119 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1120 1-216-675-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1121 1-216-065-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012)

R1122 1-216-619-11 s RESISTOR CHIP 47 1/10W(2012) R1123 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R1124 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R1126 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1127 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012)

R1159 1-216-647-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W (2012) R1160 1-216-667-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012) R1161 1-216-647-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W (2012) R1162 1-216-667-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012) R1163 1-216-647-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W (2012)

R1164 1-216-647-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W (2012) R1165 1-216-657-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1.8K 1/10W(2012) R1166 1-216-069-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 6.8K 1/10W(2012) R1167 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R1168 1-216-069-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 6.8K 1/10W(2012)

R1169 1-216-061-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 3.3K 1/10W(2012) R1170 1-216-069-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 6.8K 1/10W(2012) R1171 1-216-643-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 470 1/10W (2012) R1172 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R1173 1-216-061-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 3.3K 1/10W(2012)

R1174 1-216-647-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W (2012) R1175 1-216-657-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1.8K 1/10W(2012) R1176 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R1177 1-216-679-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 15K 1/10W (2012) R1178 1-216-681-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 18K 1/10W (2012)

R1179 1-218-758-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 180K 1/10W(2012) R1180 1-216-671-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 6.8K 1/10W(2012) R1181 1-216-675-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1182 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R1183 1-218-756-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 150K 1/10W(2012)

R1184 1-216-065-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012) R1185 1-216-065-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012) R1186 1-216-065-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012) R1187 1-216-065-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012) R1188 1-216-065-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012)

R1129 1-216-676-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 11K 1/10W(2012) R1130 1-216-045-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W(2012) R1131 1-216-671-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 6.8K 1/10W(2012) R1132 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1133 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012)

R1189 1-216-065-91 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012) R1190 1-216-071-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 8.2K 1/10W(2012) R1191 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1192 1-216-077-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 15K 1/10W(2012) R1193 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012)

6-20

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

(B BOARD)

(B BOARD) Ref. No.

or Q’ty Part No. SP Description R1194 1-216-077-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 15K 1/10W(2012)

R1195 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R1196 1-216-649-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 820 1/10W (2012) R1197 1-216-647-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W (2012) R1198 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1199 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R1200 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R1201 1-216-649-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 820 1/10W (2012) R1202 1-216-647-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W (2012) R1203 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1204 1-216-627-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W (2012) R1205 1-216-649-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 820 1/10W (2012) R1206 1-216-647-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W (2012) R1207 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R1208 1-216-627-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W (2012)

R1209 1-216-627-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W (2012) R1210 1-216-643-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 470 1/10W (2012) R1211 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1212 1-216-645-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 560 1/10W(2012) R1213 1-216-641-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 390 1/10W(2012)

R1214 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1215 1-216-643-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 470 1/10W (2012) R1216 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1217 1-216-645-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 560 1/10W(2012) R1218 1-216-645-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 560 1/10W(2012)

Ref. No.

or Q’ty Part No. SP Description

R1263 1-216-035-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 270 1/10W(2012)

R1264 1-216-663-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 3.3K 1/10W(2012)

R1265 1-216-635-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 220 1/10W (2012)

R1266 1-216-635-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 220 1/10W (2012)

R1267 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R1269 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012)

R1270 1-216-045-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W(2012)

R1271 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R1272 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R1273 1-216-047-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 820 1/10W(2125)

R1274 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R1275 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012)

R1276 1-216-045-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W(2012)

R1277 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R1278 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R1279 1-216-117-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680K 1/10W(2012)

R1280 1-216-066-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 5.1K 1/10W(2012)

R1281 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012)

R1282 1-216-045-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680 1/10W(2012)

R1283 1-216-117-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 680K 1/10W(2012)

R1284 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R1286 1-216-089-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 47K 1/10W(2012)

R1287 1-216-037-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 330 1/10W(2012)

R1288 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R1289 1-216-037-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 330 1/10W(2012) R1219 1-216-669-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 5.6K 1/10W(2012)

R1220 1-216-043-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 560 1/10W(2125) R1221 1-216-669-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 5.6K 1/10W(2012) R1222 1-216-043-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 560 1/10W(2125) R1223 1-216-669-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 5.6K 1/10W(2012)

R1224 1-216-043-91 s RESISTOR, CHIP 560 1/10W(2125) R1225 1-216-113-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 470K 1/10W(2012) R1226 1-216-081-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 22K 1/10W(2012) R1227 1-216-033-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 220 1/10W(2012) R1228 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R1229 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012) R1230 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R1231 1-216-037-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 330 1/10W(2012) R1232 1-216-033-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 220 1/10W(2012) R1233 1-216-061-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 3.3K 1/10W(2012)

R1234 1-216-653-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1.2K 1/10W(2012) R1235 1-216-675-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1236 1-216-651-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012) R1237 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012) R1238 1-216-062-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 3.6K 1/10W(2012)

R1240 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1241 1-216-113-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 470K 1/10W(2012) R1242 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1243 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012) R1244 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012)

R1247 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1249 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1250 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1251 1-216-073-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012) R1252 1-216-061-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 3.3K 1/10W(2012)

R1290 1-216-077-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 15K 1/10W(2012)

R1291 1-216-673-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 8.2K 1/10W(2012)

R1292 1-216-668-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 5.1K 1/10W(2012)

R1293 1-216-077-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 15K 1/10W(2012)

R1294 1-216-077-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 15K 1/10W(2012)

R1295 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R1296 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R1297 1-216-655-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 1.5K 1/10W(2012)

R1298 1-216-666-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.3K 1/10W(2012)

R1301 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R1305 1-216-671-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 6.8K 1/10W(2012)

R1306 1-216-667-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012)

R1308 1-216-671-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 6.8K 1/10W(2012)

R1309 1-216-667-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012)

R1311 1-216-667-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 4.7K 1/10W(2012)

R1313 1-216-671-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 6.8K 1/10W(2012)

R1314 1-216-093-00 s RESISTOR, CHIP 68K 1/10W(2012)

R1315 1-216-683-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 22K 1/10W (2012)

R1316 1-216-669-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 5.6K 1/10W(2012)

R1317 1-216-661-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 2.7K 1/10W(2012)

R1318 1-216-669-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 5.6K 1/10W(2012)

R1319 1-216-683-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 22K 1/10W (2012)

R1320 1-216-661-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 2.7K 1/10W(2012)

R1322 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R1323 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R1324 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R1326 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R1327 1-218-758-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 180K 1/10W(2012)

R4000 1-216-049-11 s RESISTOR, CHIP 1K 1/10W(2012)

R4001 1-216-681-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 18K 1/10W (2012) R1253 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012)

R1254 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1256 1-216-295-00 s CONDUCTOR, CHIP (2012) R1261 1-216-646-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 620 1/10W (2012) R1262 1-216-635-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 220 1/10W (2012)

PFM-42B1, PFM-42B1E

R4002 1-216-057-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 2.2K 1/10W(2012)

R4003 1-216-055-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 1.8K 1/10W(2012)

R4004 1-216-025-00 s RESISTOR,CHIP 100 1/10W(2012)

R4005 1-216-061-00 s RESISTOR CHIP 3.3K 1/10W(2012)

R4006 1-216-675-11 s RESISTOR,CHIP 10K 1/10W(2012)

6-21

Sony PFM-42B1E, RM-42B User Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual

Table of Contents

Operating Instructions

2-1. Board Layout

Service Informations

2-2. Disassembly

2-2-1. QA Board (BKM-B10) Removal

2-2-2. Rear Cover Assy Removal

2-2-3. Bezel Assy and YA, YB Boards Removal

2-2-4. B Block Assy Removal

2-2-5. B and B1 Boards Removal

2-2-6. Extention Board Connection

2-2-7. Power Supply Assy Removal

2-2-8. Switching Regulator (APS-132 M board) Removal

2-2-9. T Board Removal

2-2-10.Plasma Display Panel Unit Removal (1/2)

2-2-10.Plasma Display Panel Unit Removal (2/2)

2-2-11.Plasma Display Panel Unit Packing When Sending it to FUJITSU

Electrical Adjustments

3-1. Equipment Required

3-3. White Balance Adjustment

3-4. A/D Calibration Adjustment

3-5. Video Processor Adjustment

3-6. Watch Error Adjustment

3-7-1. Preparation

3-7-5. PFC Voltage Adjustment

3-7-6. 5 V Adjustment

3-7-7. 13.5 V Adjustment

3-7-8. VS Adjustment

3-7-10.VA Adjustment

3-7-9. VS OCP

3-7-11.VA OCP

Trouble Shooting

4-2. Self Diagnosis Function

4-2-1. Outline

4-2-2. Criteria for Judgment of Abnormality

Semiconductors

Spare Parts

6-1. Notes on Repair Parts

Cover

6-2. Exploded Views

Chassis

Packing Materials

6-3. Electrical Parts List